4AD010 Introduction to Art and Design in Context
(5) Credit Hours
This module provides generic and subject specific contextualization for undergraduate study in Art and Design. This module enables you to develop appropriate key skills including research and academic writing. You will be introduced to subject relevant social, historical and cultural contexts. These contexts will be presented through a variety of ways such as visual presentations, film and gallery visits.
| Course Code |
4AD010 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Art and Design in Context |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module provides generic and subject specific contextualization for undergraduate study in Art and Design. This module enables you to develop appropriate key skills including research and academic writing. You will be introduced to subject relevant social, historical and cultural contexts. These contexts will be presented through a variety of ways such as visual presentations, film and gallery visits. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module:
The aims of the design basics component of the course are:
•
Acquire the theory necessary for the practice of design
•
Discern the elements and principles of design
•
Recognize and appreciate design in nature and all creation
•
Acquire the basic terminology of the design profession
•
Develop an understanding of "why to do it" as well as "how to do it"
•
Appreciate the styles and mannerisms, past and present, in design and to know what makes their uniqueness
•
Acquire technical proficiency in the use of the tools and materials of design
•
Apply the elements and principles of design to given problems and to exploit their use for one's own creative inspirations.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Get familiar with the design elements: color, shape, line, tone, texture, form, etc.
A2.
Define the visual rolls of design principles: balance, contrast, cropping, etc. in design.
A3.
Identify the design elements and principles that satisfy the stated purpose.
A4.
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the role of illustration as a communication tool in graphic and multimedia design.
A5.
Research, analyze, identify, and apply key aspects of the subject matter, the artistic techniques and the principles of drawing.
A6.
Use appropriate terminology to describe illustration types, styles, mediums, techniques and processes.
A7.
Explain, discuss and critique illustration artwork, including some reference to the art historical, social, and cultural context
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Adopt a creative approach to problem solving and to become self-critical in the editing of the design work.
B2.
Read text materials and identify key points and concepts that should or could be communicated through an illustration.
B3.
Select data and information from various sources and analyze and present them on an appropriate manner to support a project and its solution.
B4.
Communicate effectively visual concepts showing recognition of the target audience and the purpose of the illustrations.
B5.
Identify key elements of the subject matter needed to be illustrated and its purpose and identify the appropriate artistic techniques and methods for producing illustration projects.
B6.
Enrich skills of combining manual methodologies and materials in order to fulfill certain functions.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Solve design problems by using new visual solutions – systematic approaches.
C2.
Develop the ability to synthesize into a coherent point of view and communicate it through 2D and 3D formats.
C3.
Employ technical and artistic skills needed to create highly crafted illustration projects that communicate ideas for specific target audience and for various design applications.
C4.
Use effectively and creatively elements and principles of design in the creation of illustration projects.
C5.
Identify and communicate visually alternative solutions.
C6.
Create effective art composition by applying design principles and appropriate rules of composition.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Translate verbal meanings into design forms, by using different materials and methodologies.
D2.
Discuss your work and the work of others with confidence and to offer critical feedback to their classmates.
D3.
Design, illustrate, and complete individual projects for various purposes and audience in an effective and creative manner.
D4.
Create a portfolio of graphic design and multimedia projects and display finished works in a professional manner.
D5.
Classify illustrations according to types of design problems, subject matter and applications.
D6.
Demonstrate an understanding of the demands and expectations of the illustration profession.
|
4VC012 Studio Practice Ideas, concepts and communication methods
(5) Credit Hours
This module is studied in conjunction with the two other Studio Practice modules in Level 4 and the combination of these modules is intended to introduce you to the fundamentals of Visual Communication practice. A series of exploratory projects, lectures, seminars and workshops will introduce you to a number of strategies that will help you to generate ideas, concepts and delivery methods. You will understand the necessary verbal and visual skills required to communicate these concepts. Through this module you will acquire understanding of creative thinking, problem solving, concept development and communication strategies, you will record and evaluate your progress through a journal and/or sketchbook. Continuous Feedback will be delivered in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debate.
| Course Code |
4VC012 |
| Course Title |
Studio Practice Ideas, concepts and communication methods |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module is studied in conjunction with the two other Studio Practice modules in Level 4 and the combination of these modules is intended to introduce you to the fundamentals of Visual Communication practice. A series of exploratory projects, lectures, seminars and workshops will introduce you to a number of strategies that will help you to generate ideas, concepts and delivery methods. You will understand the necessary verbal and visual skills required to communicate these concepts. Through this module you will acquire understanding of creative thinking, problem solving, concept development and communication strategies, you will record and evaluate your progress through a journal and/or sketchbook. Continuous Feedback will be delivered in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debate. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module:
This studio-based course aims to develop students understanding of the fundamentals of visual language and design principles. The course provides students with a core knowledge base from which students can build visual problem-solving skills and enhance the ability to plan, create and critically evaluate processes. Students are introduced to visual communication and through the use of basic design strategies and media students will develop an understanding of core principles which underpin effective visual communication and factors which contribute to the creation of meaningful graphics forms.
-
This course enables students to:
1.
Use visual art perceptions as an instrument for graphic design
2.
Establish a positive work ethic in Graphic Design theory and practice
3.
Participate in critiques; to begin to understand the importance of dialogue in the creative process
4.
Learn about the professional practices of being a creative person
5.
Understand graphic design as a tool for communicating information, concepts and emotions
6.
Apply the elements and principles of design in their own graphic design endeavours
7.
Discuss the impact of commercial art in today's society
8.
Realize the implication and application at various media and their functions in graphic design
Critically evaluate, develop arguments and demonstrate effective communication skills in the presentation of ideas and visual solutions.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Understand contemporary visual communication concepts, media and images, and their role in contemporary society.
A2.
Understand the graphic design functions of relating ideas, objects, and materials.
A3.
Explore and gain understanding of visual logic
A4.
Hands-on experiences that provide students opportunities to think and create visual messages.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Develop critical thinking skills regarding the ways contemporary visual media shapes societal attitudes and behaviors.
B2.
Skill development in producing efficient visual communication messages
B3.
Develop mature understanding of the relationship between visual form and meaning
B4.
Achieve different approaches in graphic design to solving problems and be able to communicate results accurately with structured and coherent arguments.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Employ self-selected creative thinking and problem-solving techniques in a wide range of practical settings and situations.
C2.
Collaborate effectively in creative thinking and design problem-solving.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Deal with complex issues, generate concepts and successfully communicate ideas through visual, written and/or oral means.
D2.
Adapt the learned information that affected the historical evolution of graphic design to today’s changing technologies.
|
4VC013 Elements, Composition and digital Foundation
(5) Credit Hours
This module is intended to introduce the student to the fundamentals of Visual Communication practice. It will enable students to refine their drawing skills with visual elements and compositions, through the use of specialized software tools. Additional challenges are added that partner original thought with learned practices.
In addition, this module introduces students to fundamental principles and applications of design, emphasizing critical and cultural awareness of design issues and developing technical skills. The notion of creative problem solving is particularly emphasized. Students develop expertise in major industry standard software packages. This module lays the foundation for further study of design. A broad range of hands-on delivered projects with emphasis on process, both traditional and digital, will enhance the student understanding of the potential of delivery methods and systems and provide the student with a working knowledge of and opportunities to further explore the application of these systems within their practice.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates
| Course Code |
4VC013 |
| Course Title |
Elements, Composition and digital Foundation |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module is intended to introduce the student to the fundamentals of Visual Communication practice. It will enable students to refine their drawing skills with visual elements and compositions, through the use of specialized software tools. Additional challenges are added that partner original thought with learned practices.
In addition, this module introduces students to fundamental principles and applications of design, emphasizing critical and cultural awareness of design issues and developing technical skills. The notion of creative problem solving is particularly emphasized. Students develop expertise in major industry standard software packages. This module lays the foundation for further study of design. A broad range of hands-on delivered projects with emphasis on process, both traditional and digital, will enhance the student understanding of the potential of delivery methods and systems and provide the student with a working knowledge of and opportunities to further explore the application of these systems within their practice.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module:
1.Associated with the art of drawing and composition and their terminology.
2.Acquire a substance knowledge of the roles of cultural, social, artistic values in the art of drawing, and develop skills of evaluating, appreciating and criticizing drawing artworks.
3.Develop perceptual, technical, artistic and methodical skills for handling subject matters, such as, problem solving, exploring potential solutions, analyzing and interpreting verbal and visual information, communicating ideas, conveying meanings and expressing moods, emotions and feelings.
4.Create aesthetically pleasing drawing and composition artworks of various subject matters.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Understand the logical steps of the implementation and the application for creating designs / problem-solving.
A2.
Understand and use the tools and techniques of graphical software in the field of graphic design.
A3.
Create high-resolution, true colour image file industry-standard file formats for presentations, prepress, or any other application requiring top-quality images.
A4.
Describe the key concepts of drawing: gestalt, light and shadow, edges, relationship and spaces.
A5.
Recognize the principles of gestalt and their functions in existing drawing and composition artworks.
A6.
Identify and explain the rules of composition.
A7.
Use appropriate terminology for describing concepts, drawings, compositions, methods, techniques, tools, art mediums and materials.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Develop the ability to use computer applications for processing images and for drawing, tracing and producing promotional materials and Designs.
B2.
Explain the computer graphics workflow and discuss the relation among different computers applications.
B3.
Explain, discuss and compare various drawings styles, techniques, mediums and processes.
B4.
Demonstrate an understanding of the properties, qualities, functions, relationship, dynamics and meanings of the elements and principles of art and design.
B5.
Critically analyze drawings and compositions within their historic and cultural context.
B6.
Identify and explain the principles of two and three dimensional shapes and forms and their link to perspective, point of view, light and shadow, value, color, size and distance.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Creating a time management method, using a part of the 5 approaches theory “What, Why and How” and developing students background of using PC for visual aids.
C2.
Realize the implication and application at various media and their functions in graphic design.
C3.
Creatively and skillfully use drawing mediums for rendering subject matters of drawing artworks.
C4.
Apply the elements and principles of drawing and the appropriate rules of composition to the context of the subject matter and tie them together in one whole artwork.
C5.
Demonstrate competency with the traditional and electronic tools and techniques associated with the art of drawing and composition and their terminology.
C6.
Perform highly crafted drawings and compositions for various art and design applications
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Using the appropriate software for brainstorming, sketching drafts of ideas in addition to practical knowledge will create skill sets necessary for careers in the field of graphic design.
D2.
Appreciating the professionalism, follow a plan of digitize and process an image to create an understanding computer graphic workflow.
D3.
Undertake collaborative drawing projects work
D4.
Demonstrate the ability and versatility to create drawings and compositions for various purposes.
D5.
Demonstrate perceptual, technical, artistic and methodical skills for handling subject matters, such as, problem solving, exploring potential solutions, analysing and interpreting verbal and visual information, communicating ideas, conveying meanings and expressing moods, emotions and feelings.
D6.
Demonstrate a creative ability to convey meanings, and ideas within drawing artworks.
|
4VC014 Introduction to Programming and Interactivity for Media Arts
(5) Credit Hours
This module introduces the student to key areas of contemporary Visual Communication practice through using modern techniques for computer programming and interactivity for digital media arts. This module provides an introduction to the basic knowledge required to understand, design and write computer programmes and the basic principles, underlying the process of Software Engineering. No previous programming experience is assumed and the module proceeds via a sequence of tutorials supported by hands-on-training and simple exercises designed to give practical experience of the concepts introduced in the tutorials.
In addition, the module gives an introduction to the concepts of interactivity and the field of media art. It vitally concentrates on the act of perception of arts and design. The module includes discussion of the potential ideas related to interactivity, with focus on required skills for creating interactive work. A range of studio and workshop delivered subject specific projects will broaden
the student awareness of core aspects of contemporary visual communication practice. The module will facilitate independent learning through encouraging the student to generate strategies, initiate structures and manage working methodologies fundamental to their practice.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates.
| Course Code |
4VC014 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Programming and Interactivity for Media Arts |
| Pre-requisite |
4AD010 - 4VC012 - Ge104 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces the student to key areas of contemporary Visual Communication practice through using modern techniques for computer programming and interactivity for digital media arts. This module provides an introduction to the basic knowledge required to understand, design and write computer programmes and the basic principles, underlying the process of Software Engineering. No previous programming experience is assumed and the module proceeds via a sequence of tutorials supported by hands-on-training and simple exercises designed to give practical experience of the concepts introduced in the tutorials.
In addition, the module gives an introduction to the concepts of interactivity and the field of media art. It vitally concentrates on the act of perception of arts and design. The module includes discussion of the potential ideas related to interactivity, with focus on required skills for creating interactive work. A range of studio and workshop delivered subject specific projects will broaden
the student awareness of core aspects of contemporary visual communication practice. The module will facilitate independent learning through encouraging the student to generate strategies, initiate structures and manage working methodologies fundamental to their practice.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module: This course is aimed to:
•Realize the production of interactive media designs.
•Understand the differences between design for print and screen.
•Develop and apply skills in multi-media design technology for desktop and the Web
•Demonstrate basic skills in using the latest media art development tools.
•Draw inspiration from the history of artists and designers who explore ideas and applications of interactivity
•Gain practical experience with basic electronics, coding, and other techniques of digital art production
•Develop experimental art, interactive objects, and responsive environment projects based on conceptual assignments
•Research digital and experimental art works and trends
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Introduce and expand the theoretical concepts that form the foundations of interactive art including media developments and equivalents/translations from multidisciplinary art forms and art history.
A2.
Understanding of the technologies and production methods unique to digital design for screen-based applications.
A3.
Visually depict digital motion/sound integration
A4.
Demonstrate an understanding of the design and programming processes.
A5.
Demonstrate knowledge of the main constructs and mechanisms in Java.
A6.
Demonstrate knowledge of the main concepts of object-oriented programming
A7.
Demonstrate an understanding of the techniques used in developing a medium Java Windows application.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Combine graphic skill and appreciation with creativity and research.
B2.
Able to solve problems during the process of producing screen-based applications.
B3.
Describe and apply key concepts and techniques in software design and development.
B4.
Describe and apply key concepts of object-oriented programming.
B5.
Analyze and abstract away from the details of a problem.
B6.
Design and formulate an appropriate solution to a problem and evaluate it.
C.
Practical and Professional Skills:
C1.
Enable students to articulate ideas and communicate effectively within development teams.
C2.
Establish a confident base of digital tools and techniques for the realization of works that exemplify and expand the theoretical base of interactive new media
C3.
Assemble, programme, and develop, Java programmes.
C4.
Use software tools such as a Java IDE.
C5.
Use appropriate programming skills.
C6.
Develop user programmer-defined class in Java.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Build insight into the psychological and cultural/social contexts that define interactive media access and interpretation and lay the foundation for the evolution of future forms.
D2.
Provide students with specialist practical and theoretical skills in the development of content for screen-based applications.
D3.
Find information from a range of sources to support a task.
D4.
Plan medium tasks.
D5.
Use Java libraries.
D6.
Use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills.
|
4VC015 Digital Photography and Media Production
(5) Credit Hours
This module will introduce the student to a number of studio and workshop-driven image making and manipulating projects, processes, techniques and methods, and is intended to enhance their understanding of the potential of the image to influence visual outcomes.
Through this module the students will learn about various forms of media, how to make the best use of them, why one would choose one form of media over another, and finally, about all of the techniques used to create a media project. They will learn the basics of media production using the media tools of photography, film, video, audio, graphic production, and interactive media.
The module will reinforce understanding of the importance of the link between idea and artwork, and the potential role of material choice and manipulation in creative problem solving.
Formative Feedback will be delivered in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debate.
| Course Code |
4VC015 |
| Course Title |
Digital Photography and Media Production |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module will introduce the student to a number of studio and workshop-driven image making and manipulating projects, processes, techniques and methods, and is intended to enhance their understanding of the potential of the image to influence visual outcomes.
Through this module the students will learn about various forms of media, how to make the best use of them, why one would choose one form of media over another, and finally, about all of the techniques used to create a media project. They will learn the basics of media production using the media tools of photography, film, video, audio, graphic production, and interactive media.
The module will reinforce understanding of the importance of the link between idea and artwork, and the potential role of material choice and manipulation in creative problem solving.
Formative Feedback will be delivered in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debate. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module:
1.Demonstrate film/video and audio aesthetics in an original production at the introductory level.
2.Identify and define key production terms
3.Demonstrate excellent writing techniques for creative self-expression.
4.Understand the meaning of digital photography.
5.Acquire a comprehensive knowledge of the basic manual features of digital camera, and the functions of lens, exposure, metering, lighting, basic computer skills, composition and standards of quality.
6. Acquires creative and systematic investigation skills of formal and conceptual issues.
Learn to photograph people, portraits, still life, events, shapes, architecture, landscape, and various types of panorama.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Understanding of the decision making and problem solving processes related to media production
A2.
Acquire in-depth knowledge about the innovations that have occurred in the field of photography and the importance of subsequent technological and artistic breakthroughs in design and other fields as well.
A3.
Know basic principles of camera and audio equipment and demonstrate understanding of the role of photography and its implications within a cultural, social and philosophical standpoint.
A4.
Understand visual storytelling, the basic techniques in digital editing, and knowledge of relevant media theory.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Think critically about media and their messages.
B2.
Possess a foundation in media art production.
B3.
Familiarize with the usage of digital photography and media software in producing projects.
B4.
Critically evaluate imagery for technical and conceptual information.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Collaborate effectively in leadership growth, cooperative work in a small group, problem solving, originality and creativity in media production.
C2.
Acquire and develop a foundation of media production knowledge, theories, skills, and technologies, where ideas and concepts are communicated in media art making.
C3.
Apply knowledge of design elements and principles to photography an aesthetic sense for capturing images that also convey an idea.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Understanding the context and concepts of media production and apply to experimental motion picture, audio, video, film, and various other industry applications.
D2.
Demonstrate an understanding of film and visual vocabulary including shots, transitions, effects and how these film elements can be used to enhance student narratives.
D3.
Communicate and express ideas effectively through photographic imagery by means of technical skill and ways of seeing.
|
4VC016 Typography-I
(5) Credit Hours
Students will explore creative, historical, theoretical, and applied principles of typography. Through creative projects and exercises, students will explore the communicational impact of choosing typefaces, the expressive possibilities of type in static and kinetic media, as well as the foundations for hierarchy and composition for publication design. Students will also develop skills to enhance, clarify, and support meaning and the accessibility of typographic content.
A further range of studio and workshop delivered projects will enhance the student understanding of the fundamentals of contemporary specialist practice. The module will give the student the opportunity to build on the understanding of the key components of their specialism, enabling him to improve their research and practical strategies whilst offering a broader experience of contemporary practice within the industry.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates.
| Course Code |
4VC016 |
| Course Title |
Typography-I |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 - 4AD010 - 4VC012 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
Students will explore creative, historical, theoretical, and applied principles of typography. Through creative projects and exercises, students will explore the communicational impact of choosing typefaces, the expressive possibilities of type in static and kinetic media, as well as the foundations for hierarchy and composition for publication design. Students will also develop skills to enhance, clarify, and support meaning and the accessibility of typographic content.
A further range of studio and workshop delivered projects will enhance the student understanding of the fundamentals of contemporary specialist practice. The module will give the student the opportunity to build on the understanding of the key components of their specialism, enabling him to improve their research and practical strategies whilst offering a broader experience of contemporary practice within the industry.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
1.
Learn to create effective arrangements of text and visual images for various design applications.
2.
Develop a strong sensitivity to the aesthetic aspects of the arrangement letterforms.
3.
Become familiar with the working practice, skills, and terminology of typography.
4.
Understand the dynamic and communicative form of typographic layout and its functions.
5.
Understand the different weights, widths, and forms of typefaces such as light, bold, italic, oblique, serif , san serif, etc.
6.
Understand the communication value of different uses, kinds and appropriateness of typefaces.
7.
Use basic computer applications to create visual communication compositions.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Recognize the individual styles of typefaces and their historical basis as indications of their time and culture.
A2.
Describe the anatomy, form, style and characteristics of letterforms.
A3.
Demonstrate a deep understanding of using typefaces as an informative and expressive tool and as a visual form.
A4.
Describe the measurement system of letterforms and the relationship between size, leading, letter spacing and word spacing.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Identify the different weights, widths, and forms of typefaces such as light, bold, extended, condensed, italic, oblique, serif, San serif, etc.
B2.
Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of typographic terminology.
B3.
Analyze the letterforms in terms of aesthetics and communication objectives, readability and legibility.
B4.
Demonstrate knowledge of typesetting, proofreading critique and presentation skills.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Demonstrate an understanding of the basic principles of typography such as the selection and arrangement of type for effective legibility and readability.
C2.
Demonstrate an understanding of the different weights, widths, and forms of typefaces such as light, bold, italic, oblique, serif, San serif, etc.
C3.
Demonstrate a strong sensitivity to the aesthetic aspects of the arrangement letterforms within various contexts.
C4.
Demonstrate an understanding of Gestalt principles and practice of using typeface as an informative and expressive tool and as a visual form.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Develop a series of typographical solutions for various functions and various communication objectives.
D2.
Undertake various typographic projects.
D3.
Evaluate the visual arrangements, legibility, readability and context of typographic projects.
D4.
Analyse the communication value of different uses, kinds and appropriateness of typefaces.
|
5AD008 Critical and Contextual Issues in Art and Design
(5) Credit Hours
This module will enable you to increase and develop your awareness of a variety of theoretical concepts, issues and movements which have affected or influenced the way in which creative practitioners think and work. You will develop arguments and/or solve problems through a continuing engagement with cultural, social, environmental and historical issues demonstrating critical thinking.
| Course Code |
5AD008 |
| Course Title |
Critical and Contextual Issues in Art and Design |
| Pre-requisite |
4VC015 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module will enable you to increase and develop your awareness of a variety of theoretical concepts, issues and movements which have affected or influenced the way in which creative practitioners think and work. You will develop arguments and/or solve problems through a continuing engagement with cultural, social, environmental and historical issues demonstrating critical thinking. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
Interdependence and structural potential in aesthetic synthesis, the clarification, interpretation, and communication of significant experiences are made clear.
This part of the course will enable the students to:
1.
Learn and understand the principles of applied media aesthetics.
2.
Learn and understand the principles of photography.
3.
Learn and understand the principles of filmmaking.
4.
Learn and understand the principles of audio production.
5.
Learn and understand the principles of video production.
6.
Acquire a knowledge of the aesthetics elements of film, video and electronic productions.
7.
Acquire a knowledge of the development of visual images.
8.
Identify the importance, influence and meaning of visual images.
9.
Acquire a knowledge of sequencing as it relates to video and electronic media production.
10.
Learn the appropriate strategies to create functional preproduction documents, such as treatment and storyboards.
11.
Acquire a knowledge of post-production video software.
12.
Achieve credible results through the appropriate use of actors and staging for video production.
13.
Edit and mix sounds for videos and films.
14.
Determine the correct sounds and sound mix to create a soundtrack that supports the idea and intention of the digital scene.
15.
Learn the scanning technology in the translation of images into the digital environment.
16.
Understand the influence of historical development of aesthetic concepts of beauty, art and design for digital screens.
17.
Understand the context of marketing strategy, branding and identity development when choosing or designing for specific types of screen display.
18.
Think critically about aesthetic choices used in applied media production.
19.
Acquire the knowledge necessary to make informed aesthetic choices and detailed production plans for audiovisual projects.
20.
Appraise the techniques employed in the creation of media texts.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Write analytical essays regarding aesthetic and socio-cultural aspects of the video, film and electronic media arts.
A2.
Demonstrate understanding of the principles of applied media aesthetics, photography, filmmaking, audio production and video production.
A3.
Recognize the aesthetics elements of film, video and electronic productions.
A4.
Identify the theoretical and practical terminology associated with applied media aesthetics and its applications.
A5.
Apply various visual communication approaches to solve given problems in specific areas of activity.
A6.
Apply the required knowledge of every particular characteristic for each of the required design activities.
A7.
Apply the means of expression of design language: form, balance, texture, composition, content, culture, etc., and to have the resources for creation in any of the fields of design covered by this course.
A8.
Apply the techniques of visual communication representation required in a project’s process.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Demonstrate a knowledge of sequencing as it relates to video and electronic media productions
B2.
Critically analyze design for digital screens using aesthetic terms and evaluation criteria.
B3.
Identify design elements and principles used in designs for applied media production.
B4.
Appreciate the impact of social context, interaction, social connection and communication on design.
B5.
Integrate knowledge and skills from the design process into other subject areas as essential parts of the practice of visual communication design.
B6.
Develop their research skill covering both visual and analytical methods.
B7.
Learn about various materials and production that are integrated in the design process and how to include them in design decisions.
B8.
Grow the knowing of how to monitor materials behavior in producing, printing and other outcomes.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Employ appropriate strategies to create functional documents for preproduction, such as treatments and storyboards.
C2.
Demonstrate knowledge of post-production video software to produce short films.
C3.
Apply aesthetic design concepts to create original design for various digital media formats.
C4.
Explain, illustrate and evaluate formal aesthetic in video and film productions.
C5.
Continue the development of their creative skills and have knowledge related to professional design business culture.
C6.
Identify fundamental aspects of applied design process in professional design organization.
C7.
Appropriate usage of decoding and encoding of knowledge gained from the design research phase.
C8.
Learn to develop and write conceptual narratives that feed directly into concept driven ideas.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Demonstrate competence over aesthetics via the practical application of theories to film, video production and essay writing.
D2.
Incorporate visual dimensions of light, color, space, and the dimensions of time, motion, and sound concepts into effective forms of communication in a digital media display.
D3.
Master the knowledge necessary to make informed aesthetic choices and detailed production plans for audio visual projects.
D4.
Apply storytelling techniques that involve the relationship of media aesthetic principles and the effects and perceptions of the audience.
D5.
Recognize various design elements, their content and visual organization in any design composition.
D6.
Narrative building skills that can be applied in any other module where a concept is needed to be at core of the visual development.
D7.
Visual experimentations in different directions and analyse the difference in those directions based on required components.
D8.
Repetition of the process to finally achieve what is known as the creative habit.
|
5VC012 Visual Narrative
(5) Credit Hours
This module will encourage you to explore the potential of Visual Narrative within your specialist
practice. This narrative may manifest itself as analogue or digital outputs, still or moving image or
sound, and may take the form of graphic novels, children’s books, storyboards, films, sound
collages or artist’s books; an advertising or promotional campaign, performance or event, web-
media, multimedia, information graphics or reportage. You may wish to explore global or personal
issues or re-imagine an existing narrative form. This predominantly self-authored project may take
the form of an individual or collaborative approach and will encourage personal engagement with
current specialist practice.
Continuous feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual
tutorials, discussions and debates.
| Course Code |
5VC012 |
| Course Title |
Visual Narrative |
| Pre-requisite |
4VC013 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module will encourage you to explore the potential of Visual Narrative within your specialist
practice. This narrative may manifest itself as analogue or digital outputs, still or moving image or
sound, and may take the form of graphic novels, children’s books, storyboards, films, sound
collages or artist’s books; an advertising or promotional campaign, performance or event, web-
media, multimedia, information graphics or reportage. You may wish to explore global or personal
issues or re-imagine an existing narrative form. This predominantly self-authored project may take
the form of an individual or collaborative approach and will encourage personal engagement with
current specialist practice.
Continuous feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual
tutorials, discussions and debates. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
This course will enable the students to:
1.
Understand the visual cues of color, form, depth and movement and how to employ them
to grip a viewer’s attention.
2.
Acquire a significant knowledge the visual sensory theories of gestalt and constructivism,
and the perceptual theories of semiotics and cognition.
3.
Acquire an understanding the principles of visual persuasion and how visual messages are
employed to convince others to buy a product, adopt a service, or advocate a point of view.
4.
Acquire a clear understanding of visual stereotypes and how stereotype images can injure
or heal.
5.
Understand how the image physically produced and how are elements combined in a frame.
6.
Develop skills to identify the major elements and story of the image.
7.
Develop skills to identify the functional aspect of the image within its context.
8.
Develop cognitive skills to identify the emotions conveyed by the image, and how these
feelings are translated across cultures.
9.
Acquire a knowledge of the philosophical explanations and responsibilities of making and
showing the visual work to viewers.
10.
Understand the various types of symbols and metaphors and recognize their functions.
11.
Understand the cultural and sensitive elements that may an image reflect.
12.
Understand how the image reflects the culture and the moral of the its time.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
To identify the fundamental elements and principles of Visual communication design.
A2.
Demonstrate an understanding the visual sensory theories of gestalt and constructivism, and perceptual theories of semiotics and cognition.
A3.
Identify iconic, indexical and symbolic signs and identify semiotic codes and their functions.
A4.
Evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols, and concepts in relation to history and cultures.
A5.
Designing the packages by using a different ways of design techniques including 3D graphics.
A6.
Investigate the packaging design problems in a particular theme.
A7.
Demonstrate an awareness of the development of packaging and key packaging materials.
A8.
Understand the basic principles of identity and branding:
• Think conceptually about design outcomes;
• Demonstrate problem seeking and solving skills;
• Develop their design process including research, sketching, as well as innovation and refinement
• Prepare their output files for production
A9.
Typographic applications will be further applied as well as various forms of visual making for specific branding. Visual and information organization will also be covered including historical examples as reference points to developing contemporary outcomes.
A10.
Further deepen the knowledge of visual identities graphic standards as well as collateral materials that support the complete structure of a full identity
B.
Key/ transferable Skills:
B1.
Explain how media are used in the creation of Imaging.
B2.
Analyze visual messages in a variety of mediated contexts.
B3.
Identify the emotions and suggestive meaning of the Design work.
B4.
Explain the philosophical justifications and responsibilities of making and showing the visual work to viewers.
B5.
Develop skills on how to create and produce different forms of packaging for products.
B6.
Utilize programmes such as Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator for design and layout.
B7.
Actively participate in the class design dialogues (so all their colleagues may benefit from those conversations).
B8.
Think creatively and critically and develop methods to examine and communicate the core values of their work as well as other related content.
B9.
Master visual communication rules that allow the various components of a visual identity to work as a coherent yet flexible whole.
B10.
Engage in a visual discourse related to the work that they are producing.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Produce various types of images that demonstrate mastery of key skills.
C2.
Recognize the visual cues of color, form, depth, and movement and employ them to grip a viewer’s attention.
C3.
Demonstrate skills to identify the functional aspect of the image within its context.
C4.
Incorporate the design process into image-making.
C5.
Understand the package development process and evaluate contemporary packaging.
C6.
Solve packaging design problems systematically.
C7.
Conceive and design consistent visual identity systems that creatively communicate the image of an institution.
C8.
Articulate persuasive design ideas clearly through the completion of increasingly complex projects.
C9.
Use the learned principles of visual identity design as guidelines for freelance work or any real-life project that might be asked of them throughout their careers.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Evaluate a range of visual subject matter, symbols, and concepts by applying the six perspectives method.
D2.
Articulate the reasons why there is a difference between an ordinary visual message and one that becomes an international icon.
D3.
Produce high-quality visual messages in professional contexts in subsequent classes.
D4.
Analyze the context and elements of various types of visual works.
D5.
Set goals, meet objectives, and practice clear communication of message content.
D6.
Analyze the package development process, select techniques and processes to take the packaging design to realization.
D7.
Analyze visual identities and translate any given item or idea into a sign or a correct descriptive representation.
D8.
Explore a wide range of processes for achieving meaningful visual solutions and develop personal methodologies for investigating and analyzing content.
D9.
Acquire the capability to differentiate between the specifics needed for every identity, enabling students to create visual identities adaptable to different media and cultural patterns.
|
5VC013 Typography-II and computer Graphics
(5) Credit Hours
Students will create typographically focused solutions to design challenges, and explore the relationship between type and image across print and digital media. The module emphasizes ideation of sophisticated design combining visual and verbal elements, as well as the development of advanced publication layout skills, grid-based typographic structures, and information design.
In addition, this module introduces interactive techniques, typography and page layout, light and colour representations, exposure and tone reproduction, image composition and imaging models, two- and three-dimensional geometry and formations, modelling techniques including curves and surfaces, reflection models and illumination algorithms, and basic methods of animation.
The student will be required to produce a proposal for study that will contain a self-authored project outline, outline timetable of study (including proposed deadlines), and anticipated outcomes including the potential for further development of areas the student intends to explore. At the conclusion of the module, the student will be expected to reflect on their performance and to generate a report of their performance throughout the module.
The student will organize access to required resources and specialist knowledge appropriate to their approved project(s), use effective time-management, research strategies and analyse their performance through the production of a journal/sketchbook.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials.
| Course Code |
5VC013 |
| Course Title |
Typography-II and computer Graphics |
| Pre-requisite |
4VC016، GM102، 4VC014 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
Students will create typographically focused solutions to design challenges, and explore the relationship between type and image across print and digital media. The module emphasizes ideation of sophisticated design combining visual and verbal elements, as well as the development of advanced publication layout skills, grid-based typographic structures, and information design.
In addition, this module introduces interactive techniques, typography and page layout, light and colour representations, exposure and tone reproduction, image composition and imaging models, two- and three-dimensional geometry and formations, modelling techniques including curves and surfaces, reflection models and illumination algorithms, and basic methods of animation.
The student will be required to produce a proposal for study that will contain a self-authored project outline, outline timetable of study (including proposed deadlines), and anticipated outcomes including the potential for further development of areas the student intends to explore. At the conclusion of the module, the student will be expected to reflect on their performance and to generate a report of their performance throughout the module.
The student will organize access to required resources and specialist knowledge appropriate to their approved project(s), use effective time-management, research strategies and analyse their performance through the production of a journal/sketchbook.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
1.
Describe the major graphics applications, graphics APIs and graphics pipelines.
2.
Recognize the miscellaneous mathematics required for computer graphics.
3.
Provide a representation of images using raster devices, pixels, RGB colors and geometry.
4.
Implement 2D and 3D geometric transformations
5.
Specify the hardware and software components of computer graphics
6.
Evaluate the performance of graphics systems
7.
Understand the principles of animation, deformation and character animation.
8.
Build upon the concepts acquired in Typography I.
9.
Develop an understanding of the language of typography, such as critique, history, technology, and craftsmanship.
10.
Acquire an advanced knowledge, theories, and concepts about typography, develop a foundation of art skills and a high level of craft, communicate ideas and concepts through writing, speaking and typographic art making.
11.
Acquire a competency with the tools and technologies associated with typography and graphic design.
12.
Learn to design typography within various design spaces for different kinds of communication in static and dynamic media.
13.
Practice traditions of typographic grid design, the formal systems in type design and text aesthetics.
14.
Consider typography and typographic hierarchy when delivered within static and dynamic media.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
know and understand the basic principles of computer graphics and be able to select the suitable hardware and software including APIs of a graphics system for a specific application
A2.
Recognize raster algorithms and texture mapping, understand and categorize computer animation variants.
A3.
Know and understand the visual perception, light and colour manipulation.
A4.
Understand image visualization, image based rendering and global illumination
A5.
Demonstrate an understanding of historical and contemporary typographic conventions.
A6.
Demonstrate an understanding of processes of generating and solving problems in typography.
A7.
Analyse given design problems and reach appropriate solutions.
A8.
Demonstrate an understanding of critiques and the use of a critical vocabulary.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Explain image composition and texture mapping
B2.
Use, evaluate and compare the different computer graphics APIs
B3.
Produce the design of images scenes using computer animation
B4.
Explain how to build interactive graphics applications
B5.
Identify the theoretical principles of meaning, aesthetics and function in typographic design.
B6.
Demonstrate an understanding of message content and visual form.
B7.
Define and employ industry standard graphic design terminology to describe projects.
B8.
Specify type using multiple typographic parameters.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Implement graphics applications using advanced APIs
C2.
Manipulate images by using global illumination and image-based rendering.
C3.
Apply computer graphics concepts and techniques to develop graphics and visualization applications.
C4.
Evaluate computer graphics API.
C5.
Demonstrate the ability to experiment, innovate and test ideas involving image and text compositions.
C6.
Apply grid system to complex multi-page layouts.
C7.
Demonstrate the ability to visualize and control typographic spacing parameters such as kerning, tracking and letter spacing.
C8.
Manipulate typographic constraints such as point size, leading and measure to arrange text and improve legibility and readability of text, and manipulate typographic contrasts such as weight, posture and width to create emphasis and arrange text into hierarchical message systems.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Share new ideas related to image and image manipulation
D2.
Understand how API deal with images, scenes and image visualization.
D3.
Effectively use computer resources.
D4.
Apply the skills in advanced courses particularly those related to image production.
D5.
Identify, define, and solve typographic design problems by proposing solutions, incorporating feedback and refining design proposals.
D6.
Communicate effectively by making oral and visual presentations.
D7.
Create visual communication designs, such as posters, advertisements, illustrations, illuminated letters, packaging, letterheads, signage, labels, logos.
D8.
Demonstrate a refined sense of observation to multi aspects of design problems.
|
5VC015 Digital and Emerging Media Design
(5) Credit Hours
Students will develop applied creative projects and acquire technical skills to become adept at essential software, design principles and practices for screen-based digital and emerging media.
This module will enable students to learn the principles and techniques of art direction. Formative self-analysis of the student performance and feedback received will enable him to develop their individual approach to their practice and broaden their understanding of appropriate application of theories, ideas, media and techniques.
The student will be required to produce a proposal for study that will contain the project outline, outline timetable of study (including proposed deadlines), and anticipated outcomes including the potential for further development of areas he intends to explore.
At the conclusion of the module, the student will be expected to reflect on their performance and to generate a report of their performance throughout the module. The student will organize access to required resources and specialist knowledge appropriate to their approved project(s), use effective time-management, research strategies and analyse their performance through the production of a journal/sketchbook.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials.
| Course Code |
5VC015 |
| Course Title |
Digital and Emerging Media Design |
| Pre-requisite |
4VC016 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
Students will develop applied creative projects and acquire technical skills to become adept at essential software, design principles and practices for screen-based digital and emerging media.
This module will enable students to learn the principles and techniques of art direction. Formative self-analysis of the student performance and feedback received will enable him to develop their individual approach to their practice and broaden their understanding of appropriate application of theories, ideas, media and techniques.
The student will be required to produce a proposal for study that will contain the project outline, outline timetable of study (including proposed deadlines), and anticipated outcomes including the potential for further development of areas he intends to explore.
At the conclusion of the module, the student will be expected to reflect on their performance and to generate a report of their performance throughout the module. The student will organize access to required resources and specialist knowledge appropriate to their approved project(s), use effective time-management, research strategies and analyse their performance through the production of a journal/sketchbook.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
1.
The students will be able to apply and understand the basic concept of design and the main principle of visual theories like composition, Line variation in Design, the mode color of different elements, the concept of Harmony, contrast, rhythm…Etc
2.
Also to focus on Design implementation , concept, consideration – beside the different aspects of Graphic design such as poster, flyers, Logo, Etc. to able the student to have a whole basic knowledge of the graphic design methods
3.
The aim of the Graphic Design course is to train visual communication designers. This professional designs tools for visual communication and creates images and languages that can effectively convey messages and values both in hard copy and digital forms: tablets, Smartphone’s and TV (Motion Graphic).
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Conduct and perform basic aspects of graphic design and concept – both in free hand and with the use of suitable graphic software
A2.
Understand the challenges involved in designing graphics content.
A3.
Demonstrate knowledge of various design packaging procedures
A4.
Describe the various stages of organizing a campaign and shows the relationship between art direction and different markets and brands.
A5.
learn about the basic principles of visual communication and the importance of analysing contemporary trends and campaigns
A6.
Conduct and perform Basic aspects of Art Directions.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Apply key concept relevant to graphic and multimedia design.
B2.
Devise and carry out a project in graphic and multimedia design that applies and extends their knowledge & understanding
B3.
Refine specification & implementation of software tools and technologies required to undertake graphic design and multimedia projects.
B4.
Apply key concept relevant to Art direction.
B5.
Devise and carry out a project in Artistic direction that applies and extends the student knowledge & understanding
B6.
Refine specification & implementation of software tools and technologies required to undertake art direction.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Evaluate and select suitable software tools and technologies required to undertake graphic design and multimedia project.
C2.
Undertake project work involving artistic and creative graphic design technique.
C3.
Evaluate and select suitable software tools and technologies required to undertake Art direction.
C4.
Undertake project work involving artistic and creative graphic art direction theory.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Undertake independent studies and practise lifelong learning in the field of digital and emerging media design.
D2.
Demonstrate efficient digital and emerging media design project planning & implementation skills.
D3.
Demonstrate efficient digital and emerging media design teamwork
D4.
Undertake independent studies and practice lifelong learning in the field of art design.
D5.
Demonstrate efficient project planning & implementation skills in the field of art direction.
D6.
Demonstrate efficient art direction team work
D7.
Undertake graphic art direction project work.
|
5VC017 Digital Visualization Studio
(5) Credit Hours
This module explores the digital technology of design available to students for two dimensional (2D) representations. It starts with an exploration of the design elements such as line, value, colour, shape, form, texture and space. It demonstrates the 2D design types and it also discusses the language of visual design, digital photography, digital design processes. Moreover, it introduces Raster Image Manipulation, including principles of image representation and digital colour representation. Intermediate drawing techniques and creating and manipulating complex Vector shapes. In addition, this module covers all concepts related to 3D form as well as related special issues. A series of studio and workshop delivered projects will enable the student to investigate core aspects of contemporary Digital Visualization and encourage the development of their personal approach.
The projects will encourage the student to develop a personal engagement with the techniques, materials and processes of their subject. The student will gain greater understanding of the relationship between the artist/designer, the products of practice and the audience, client and market and the student will demonstrate an understanding of contemporary Digital Visualization practice and awareness of key practitioners on their chosen field. The module will encourage an appreciation of the need for an effective working methodology that will be flexible, and enable independent thinking and production for a range of different project requirements.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates.
| Course Code |
5VC017 |
| Course Title |
Digital Visualization Studio |
| Pre-requisite |
5VC012 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
This module explores the digital technology of design available to students for two dimensional (2D) representations. It starts with an exploration of the design elements such as line, value, colour, shape, form, texture and space. It demonstrates the 2D design types and it also discusses the language of visual design, digital photography, digital design processes. Moreover, it introduces Raster Image Manipulation, including principles of image representation and digital colour representation. Intermediate drawing techniques and creating and manipulating complex Vector shapes. In addition, this module covers all concepts related to 3D form as well as related special issues. A series of studio and workshop delivered projects will enable the student to investigate core aspects of contemporary Digital Visualization and encourage the development of their personal approach.
The projects will encourage the student to develop a personal engagement with the techniques, materials and processes of their subject. The student will gain greater understanding of the relationship between the artist/designer, the products of practice and the audience, client and market and the student will demonstrate an understanding of contemporary Digital Visualization practice and awareness of key practitioners on their chosen field. The module will encourage an appreciation of the need for an effective working methodology that will be flexible, and enable independent thinking and production for a range of different project requirements.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
•Introduce basic digital media production skills
•Effectively communicate 2D and 3D compositions and products using digital media (using a computer-aided Drafting system).
•Dimensioning techniques and the development and use of prototype drawings
•Organize and follow planned procedures for solving technical problems.
•Create hard copy and/or electronic media output.
•Exhibit proper file management skills.
•Learn to utilize digital media as drafting systems to become more productive.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.Knowledge and understanding:
A1.Develop professional visual sensitivity and competency in graphic communication through discipline of the design techniques.
A2.Understand the Digital Medium and its implementations in 2D visual representation.
A3.Understand the visual perception theory.
B.Cognitive Skills:
B1.Utilize technical and computer skills necessary to complete design projects.
B2.Continuing development of professional computer design skills, and to develop a series of professional portfolio pieces.
C.Practical and professional Skills:
C1.Generate ideas, concepts, and propose solutions while fostering thinking skills and creativity.
C2.Projects encourage students to develop both their technical and conceptual skills, exploring how the creative process evolves within design.
D.Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.Practical understanding of and ability to operate software used for the design and printing process.
D2.Identifying opportunities and achievements when students critique their own work and the work of others.
|
5VC019 Visual Effects, Compositing and Mixed Media Production
(5) Credit Hours
Visual Effects and Compositing is a very practical module where the student develops short video clips integrating live video footage, 3D animations and special effects. Each workshop session includes hands-on training in visual effects and compositing software. This module gives the students insight into the various techniques used in the industry as well as the necessary skills to perform compositing tasks. Using appropriate software tools, students will perform their own tests, experiments, and finished effects shots. In addition, this module helps the students to acquire the technical knowledge and set procedures required of professional sound recordists and mixers in a wide range of field productions.
This module incorporates a range of studio delivered projects and, where appropriate, workshops, which will consolidate the student understanding of their specialist practice. The student will gain a greater understanding of the potential application of their work and will use a range of approaches and research methods relevant to their given projects. The student will interpret, evaluate and synthesize theoretical professional and contextual issues in relation to practice and present their concepts, ideas, theories and practical work effectively. The module will support their personal approach to their specialist subject and will identify areas for development through independent study. The module will embed effective working methodologies that will be flexible and enable independent thinking and production for a range of different project requirements.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates.
| Course Code |
5VC019 |
| Course Title |
Visual Effects, Compositing and Mixed Media Production |
| Pre-requisite |
5VC013 |
| Credit Hours |
5 |
| Course Description |
Visual Effects and Compositing is a very practical module where the student develops short video clips integrating live video footage, 3D animations and special effects. Each workshop session includes hands-on training in visual effects and compositing software. This module gives the students insight into the various techniques used in the industry as well as the necessary skills to perform compositing tasks. Using appropriate software tools, students will perform their own tests, experiments, and finished effects shots. In addition, this module helps the students to acquire the technical knowledge and set procedures required of professional sound recordists and mixers in a wide range of field productions.
This module incorporates a range of studio delivered projects and, where appropriate, workshops, which will consolidate the student understanding of their specialist practice. The student will gain a greater understanding of the potential application of their work and will use a range of approaches and research methods relevant to their given projects. The student will interpret, evaluate and synthesize theoretical professional and contextual issues in relation to practice and present their concepts, ideas, theories and practical work effectively. The module will support their personal approach to their specialist subject and will identify areas for development through independent study. The module will embed effective working methodologies that will be flexible and enable independent thinking and production for a range of different project requirements.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of module
This course will enable the students to:
1.Acquire understanding of the basic image processing techniques and recognize the difference between a visual effect and a special effect.
2.Understand the principles of visual structure, composition, digital representation of visual information, color correction and grading and the art of editing.
3.Become aware of 3D cameras and rendering techniques.
4.Create mattes using various image processing techniques including Chroma-keying, Track motion and data.
5.Understand the compositing process and identify major techniques and applications used in industry.
6.Develop a visual effects pipeline for integration in the filmmaking process.
7.Recognize the digital aesthetics of 3-D Visual Effects.
8.Develop technical and conceptual abilities that lead to content delivery in a linear and cinematic context.
9.Learn techniques for making 3D modeling, deformations, and texturing as applied to lighting and animation requirements.
10.Learn to synthesize and communicate ideas visually in the form of digital composition and editing and develop problem-solving skill and project management skills.
11.Offer an insight into the role of a project manager, technical director and visual effects animation supervisor.
12.Acquire skills to develop a filmmaking proposal taking consideration of budgets and schedules.
13.Develop skills of self-exploration and self-reflection of the subject matter and enhance original thinking; good organization and capacity to analyse and synthesize subject matter.
14.Expanding knowledge through analysis and interpretation of issues discussed using information from a range of sources.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.Knowledge and understanding:
A1.Identify the visual effects used in motion graphics projects.
A2.Define and apply motion principles and theories related to the core concepts of visual effects and compositing.
A3.Recognize the principles of visual structure, composition, digital representation of visual information, color correction and grading, and the art of editing in film production.
A4.Explain design principles, concepts, styles, and terminologies related to visual effects and compositing.
A5.Understand the challenges involved in sound production and mixed media content.
A6.Demonstrate knowledge of integrating sound production and mixed media technologies into effective project work.
A7.Demonstrate knowledge of various sound mixing procedures.
B.Cognitive Skills:
B1.Demonstrate skills in presentation and critical discussion.
B2.Predict common pitfalls in planning visual effects sequences.
B3.Demonstrate the ability to interpret and integrate various resources.
B4.
Demonstrate the ability to create informative content using appropriate material with in-depth and extensive knowledge of the subject matter.
B5.
Devise and carry out a project in sound production & mixed media that applies and extends their knowledge & understanding.
B6.
Refine specification and implementation of software tools and technologies required to undertake sound production and mixed media projects.
C.Practical and professional Skills:
C1.Combine techniques to create rich environments based on original thinking, good organization, analysis, and synthesis; demonstrate an excellent understanding of subject matter.
C2.Merge elements and techniques from various sources to emulate realistic optical effects for filmmaking and achieve intended effects.
C3.Demonstrate skills in the use of industry-standard tools to produce rigorous organization, coherent structure, systematic composition, and motion graphics.
C4.Implement a visual effects pipeline for integration into the filmmaking process, including technical knowledge of 3D modeling, deformations, texturing, lighting, and filmmaking requirements.
C5.Select, organize, and implement projects within allocated resources and budget constraints.
C6.Perform effective presentations before a panel of experts.
C7.Evaluate and select suitable software tools and technologies required for sound production and mixed media projects.
C8.Undertake project work involving artistic and creative sound mixing and design techniques.
D.Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.Demonstrate problem-solving skills and project management skills in creating visual effects and composition.
D2.
Demonstrate precision in argument, with well-defined and reasoned points of view grounded in insightful interpretation of existing literature and film.
D3.Use various techniques to emulate realistic optical effects for filmmaking.
D4.Critically analyze and evaluate the form of image composition and editing, with insightful comments that open up new issues.
D5.Undertake independent studies and practice lifelong learning.
D6.Demonstrate efficient project planning and implementation skills.
D7.Demonstrate efficient teamwork.
D8.Undertake sound production and mixed media project work. |
6AD001 Creative Industries and Opportunities
(6) Credit Hours
On this course the students will study about the creative industries and the various opportunities associated with their industries. They will study about the art market, art dealers’ curators and art galleries. Students will explore the logic of the art market and what drives this peculiar economy. They will also look at strategies for identifying emerging artists and building a unique collection of contemporary art.
| Course Code |
6AD001 |
| Course Title |
Creative Industries and Opportunities |
| Pre-requisite |
5VC015 |
| Credit Hours |
6 |
| Course Description |
On this course the students will study about the creative industries and the various opportunities associated with their industries. They will study about the art market, art dealers’ curators and art galleries. Students will explore the logic of the art market and what drives this peculiar economy. They will also look at strategies for identifying emerging artists and building a unique collection of contemporary art. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
This course enables students to:
1.
To encourage students to engage with professional cultural and creative industries throughout their experience in Graphic Design fields.
2.
To encourage a strategic view of the importance of the cultural and creative industries environment – including the world of international and collaborative arts.
3.
To enable students to manage and direct medium-size and large-scale research projects in relation to their chosen within graphic design creative industries.
4.
To support students in their ability to resolve real world problems in order to ensure the development of their autonomous practice as creative producers and managers.
5.
Demonstrate the ability to organize and deploy complex and abstract ideas and information in order to formulate arguments cogently, and express them effectively in written, oral or other forms
6.
Demonstrate the ability to manage a supervised, self-directed project, and present it at a professional level to a wide audience
7.
Demonstrate the ability to act with minimal direction or supervision, to engage in self-reflection, use feedback to analyze own capabilities, appraise alternatives, and plan and implement actions
8.
Demonstrate personal responsibility and professional codes of conduct, while taking responsibility for their own work, learning and development, and effectiveness in professional and interpersonal communication
Demonstrate flexible skills that translate directly into the workplace, including the ability to plan and manage for changing contexts, audiences and levels of complexity, and advanced group or team work capacities, for example listening, contributing, leading, negotiating and proactively managing conflict as is appropriate.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Understand and apply aspects of business and strategic management within the creative industries.
A2.
Understand of the determinations of social, political, economic and global contexts for the creative industries.
A3.
Complex and deep understanding of the principles, concepts and practices of the cultural and creative industries
A4.
Demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of functional concepts and processes, including production, marketing, finance, human relations, enterprise and information management, which form part of most creative industries.
A5.
Develop and enhance specific business competence in the area of the creative industries;
A6.
Demonstrate knowledge of the key environmental factors which impact on organizational behavior, management and structure.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1.
Demonstrate a critical awareness of current issues in business and creative industries which is informed by research and practice in the fields of graphic design.
B2.
Demonstrate an independent and critical understanding of the key theoretical approaches and debates relating to the academic study of the creative industries.
B3.
Evidence knowledge and understanding of the wider and global context in which creative industry practice occurs, including the political, judicial, cultural, and social factors.
B4.
Identify what constitutes a feasible creative industry and research it accordingly.
B5.
Demonstrate innovative and enterprise skills and appreciate the challenges inherent in entrepreneurial practice.
B6.
Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of the application of ideas to contemporary professional writing and production processes in graphic design creative industries.
C. Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Plan and manage work both individually and as part of a team
C2.
Communicate and explain, using various media, strategies for approaching creative industries, and produce work of a professional standard
C3.
Identify appropriate practices within a professional and ethical framework, and understand the need for continuous professional development.
C4.
Understand the mechanisms which influence group behavior and develop teamwork and some leadership skills
C5.
Be self-directed and able to act autonomously in planning and implementing projects.
D. Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Development of enterprise and innovation skills in the fields of graphic design.
D2.
Demonstrate proficiency in written and oral communication using a variety of media.
D3.
Undertake self-development and the capacity to learn and adapting to change in the working environment.
D4.
Managing own responsibilities, including time and task management
D5.
Identifying and solving problems in familiar and unfamiliar situations
|
6AD002 Research Methods for Graphic Design
(6) Credit Hours
This module provides an opportunity to conduct an in-depth study of a topic of interest related to the student’s major subject. Individual personal tutorials are used to generate and develop a personal research strategy to monitor progress and assist in the realization of objectives. A written draft is used as a vehicle for feedback before the submission of a final version. The student will engage with a logbook to record tutorials and progress throughout this module.
| Course Code |
6AD002 |
| Course Title |
Research Methods for Graphic Design |
| Pre-requisite |
5AD008 |
| Credit Hours |
6 |
| Course Description |
This module provides an opportunity to conduct an in-depth study of a topic of interest related to the student’s major subject. Individual personal tutorials are used to generate and develop a personal research strategy to monitor progress and assist in the realization of objectives. A written draft is used as a vehicle for feedback before the submission of a final version. The student will engage with a logbook to record tutorials and progress throughout this module. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
-
This course enables students to:
1.
Identify graphic design research problems and questions
2.
Collect, compose, classify, describe, and analyze data that relevant to graphic design research
3.
Decide on appropriate and feasible methods/tools of answering graphic design research questions
4.
Use a variety of tools for data collection and analysis
5.
Know how to use technology to gather and analyze data.
6.
Choose, design, and pilot-test findings effectively
7.
Ensure that research is valid and reliable
8.
Address ethical concerns involved in conducting research
9.
Know how different research methodologies may be applied to graphic design research and the uses and limitations of such methodologies.
Reflect on the ethical principles of research.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding:
A1.
Determine the theoretical or logical rationale of the research problem.
A2. Identify the specific research question under investigation.
A3. Distinguish between quantitative and qualitative research designs and methods.
A4. Evaluate the appropriateness of the research methodology for the study.
A5. Discuss the implications of the study in view of the strengths and weaknesses of the research.
A6. Use standard technology tools to develop instruments, organize and store data, conduct data analysis, and prepare research reports.
B.
Cognitive Skills:
B1. Analyze theoretical and methodological approaches.
B2. Prepare for writing up and presenting research in conferences and journals B3. Present the research subject and defend work adequately in an oral presentation B4. Identify and evaluate the clarity of the research problem statement.
B5. Design a qualitative and a quantitative research study.
B6. Be able to assess and critique a published journal article that uses one of the primary research methods in the field.
C.
Practical and professional Skills:
C1.
Apply the requisite research and writing skills, and use appropriate terminology.
C2. Fulfil the requirements related to research ethics and plagiarism
C3. Analyze a set of data, using standard procedures of qualitative and qualitative research
C4.
Explain the relationship between theory and research.
C5.
Be able to construct an effective questionnaire that employs several types of survey questions.
D.
Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.
Appraise the thoroughness and relevance of the literature review and determine if the literature review establishes the need for conducting the research.
D2. Establish the credibility of the research.
D3. Assess the theoretical perspectives and/or priory assumptions of the researchers.
D4. Use public information and research-based knowledge of issues and trends to develop a research plan
D5. Propose a research study and justify the theory as well as the methodological decisions, including sampling and measurement.
|
6VC012 Graduation Project
(6) Credit Hours
The final year project module, which is a substantial piece of work, is based on the student’s own personal interests. This may be building an interactive Web application, Game Development, 3D animation, on a theme usually associated with an industrial collaborator. Alternatively, the student might wish to work on a project associated with the research of an academic staff member.
| Course Code |
6VC012 |
| Course Title |
Graduation Project |
| Pre-requisite |
6VC018- All level 5 courses must be completed. |
| Credit Hours |
6 |
| Course Description |
The final year project module, which is a substantial piece of work, is based on the student’s own personal interests. This may be building an interactive Web application, Game Development, 3D animation, on a theme usually associated with an industrial collaborator. Alternatively, the student might wish to work on a project associated with the research of an academic staff member. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the moduleAdvance students' ability to complete research and apply it to a graphic design project.
Design and present a self-initiated design project.Students will able to solve a complex design project with specific programming and design requirements.
To present a proper design problem and design strategy.
To have Clear Methodological approach of implemented designs.
To have ability to express visually and orally work in efficient way.
To exhibit the final year project in professional way
|
| Course Outcomes |
Knowledge and understanding
A1.Complete a design project which demonstrates the student thesis.
A2.Develop set of integrated graphic design drawings that reflect a deep understanding of the design problem.
A3.Identify the relevance of graphics & media arts/design to the contemporary market through research, analysis and synthesis.
B. Cognitive skills
B1.Enhance skills in research methodology, analyzing and refining of collected data – interdisciplinary thinking.
B2.Create an innovative link between “theme and style" i.e. content and form.
B3.Demonstrate an awareness of contextual issues surrounding graphic design and the visual art field.
C. Practical and professional skills
C1.Enhance Holistic thinking and distinguish between functional/aesthetical, subjective/objective aspects.
C2.Employ both convergent and divergent thinking in the process of observation, investigation, visualization and production
D. Key transferable skills
D1.Extend ability in solving visual communication design problems professionally.
D2.Exercise self-judgment in selection and usage of visual data.
|
6VC015 Digital Media Design for Mobile Devices
(6) Credit Hours
Through this module, students will prepare themselves for the world of professional web design. Through creative hands-on projects, exercises, and lectures students learn to conceptualize, design, and deploy successful web sites for clients. Module topics address intermediate web design concepts such as interface design, usability principles, web typography, information architecture, compliant front-end HTML, CSS, and JavaScript code. In addition, this module introduces students to design elements and techniques for mobile applications. Through hands-on projects, exercises, and supporting tutorials students learn how to conceptualize, design, prototype, and execute interactive experiences for portable digital devices. The creative projects place emphasis on developing the ability to clearly articulate complex information architecture while producing compelling and vibrant user interfaces. The module will embed effective working methodologies that will be flexible and enable independent thinking and production for a range of different project requirements.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates.
| Course Code |
6VC015 |
| Course Title |
Digital Media Design for Mobile Devices |
| Pre-requisite |
4VC014 -5VC013 |
| Credit Hours |
6 |
| Course Description |
Through this module, students will prepare themselves for the world of professional web design. Through creative hands-on projects, exercises, and lectures students learn to conceptualize, design, and deploy successful web sites for clients. Module topics address intermediate web design concepts such as interface design, usability principles, web typography, information architecture, compliant front-end HTML, CSS, and JavaScript code. In addition, this module introduces students to design elements and techniques for mobile applications. Through hands-on projects, exercises, and supporting tutorials students learn how to conceptualize, design, prototype, and execute interactive experiences for portable digital devices. The creative projects place emphasis on developing the ability to clearly articulate complex information architecture while producing compelling and vibrant user interfaces. The module will embed effective working methodologies that will be flexible and enable independent thinking and production for a range of different project requirements.
Formative feedback will be delivered throughout the module in the form of group and individual tutorials, discussions and debates.
|
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
The Interactive Media Design for mobile devices component of the course offers a design-led approach to creating interactive media. This part of the course covers mobile apps, games, websites, interactive guides and installations, digital comics and virtual and augmented reality. Students will work with new devices, interfaces and emerging technologies. Students will also work both individually and as part of a team to develop a range of communication and production skills for mobile applications. Through exercise and supporting lectures students will learn how to conceptualize, design, prototype and execute interactive experiences for portable digital devices.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.Knowledge and understanding:
A1.Understand the challenges involved in designing graphics and multimedia content.
A2.Demonstrate knowledge of integrating graphic design and multimedia technologies into effective project work.
A3.Demonstrate knowledge of various design packaging procedures.
A4.Understand the importance of artistic and creative skills in interactive media for mobile device content.
A5.The ability to produce and deliver outstanding interactive media at a level suitable for new and modern mobile device applications worldwide.
A6.Conduct and perform basic aspects of mobile visual and audio applications using suitable digital graphic software.
B. Cognitive Skills:
B1.Devise and carry out a project in graphic and multimedia design that applies and extends their knowledge and understanding.
B2.Refine specification and implementation of software tools and technologies required to undertake graphic design and multimedia projects.
B3.Apply key concepts relevant to interactive media.
B4.Devise and carry out a project in mobile applications that applies and extends their knowledge and understanding.
B5.Refine specification and implementation of software tools and technologies required to undertake interactive media projects.
C. Practical and professional Skills:
C1.To select, organize, and implement their project within the allocated resources and budget constraints.
C2.Perform effective presentations before a panel of experts.
C3.Evaluate and select suitable software tools and technologies required to undertake graphic design and multimedia projects.
C4.Undertake project work involving artistic and creative graphic design techniques.
C5.Evaluate and select suitable software tools and technologies required to undertake interactive media projects.
C6.Undertake project work involving artistic and creative mobile device applications techniques.
C7.To select, organize, and implement the interactive media project within the allocated resources and budget constraints.
D. Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.Undertake independent studies and practice lifelong learning.
D2.Demonstrate efficient project planning and implementation skills in digital and emerging media design.
D3.Demonstrate efficient teamwork in digital and emerging media design.
D4.Undertake graphic design and multimedia project work.
D5.Undertake independent studies in digital and emerging media design and practice lifelong learning.
D6.Demonstrate efficient project planning and implementation skills in interactive media design for mobile devices.
D7.Demonstrate efficient teamwork in interactive media design for mobile devices.
D8.Undertake interactive and mobile applications work using suitable digital techniques (Adobe Flash, etc.).
|
6VC018 Independent Graphic Design Practice
(6) Credit Hours
This is a very important module for all those students who are currently running a business in graphic design or wish to start an Independent Graphic Design Practice. This course will help students to understand what they want from starting a new business and hence they can determine what type of design business is right for them and take steps to ensure they make a good start in a design business. This course will introduce the students to the challenges of running an independent Graphic Design practice and to navigate through these challenges successfully. They will get essential knowledge about Customer Relationship Management, contracts, work schedules and related information.
| Course Code |
6VC018 |
| Course Title |
Independent Graphic Design Practice |
| Pre-requisite |
5VC017 |
| Credit Hours |
6 |
| Course Description |
This is a very important module for all those students who are currently running a business in graphic design or wish to start an Independent Graphic Design Practice. This course will help students to understand what they want from starting a new business and hence they can determine what type of design business is right for them and take steps to ensure they make a good start in a design business. This course will introduce the students to the challenges of running an independent Graphic Design practice and to navigate through these challenges successfully. They will get essential knowledge about Customer Relationship Management, contracts, work schedules and related information. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
Using various design projects as case studies, ranging in scale, mediums and content, the aim of this module is to give insights to students into the design process focusing both on individual approaches and collaboration methodologies, putting theoretical knowledge and professional expertise into practical outcomes. The case studies will cover a broad range of topics such as human factors, contextual patterns, urban environment, culture, social diversity, legal and regulatory issues, accessibility, technologies, and sustainability.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1.Identify major questions and issues in both design of objects and design of services as well as sustainability and human user experiences.
A2. Determinations of social, political, economic and global contexts for creative industries. Demonstrate an understanding of design vocabulary, concept development, processes and creative strategies that are used when
designing
A3.Communicate design ideas through effective visuals, paralleled with focused written papers and oral presentations.
A4.Become articulate in self-analysis of their work and be able to communicate the results of this analysis to their audience.
B. Cognitive Skills:
B1.Articulate how to think in new ways about their lives, the objects they use, their role as users of these objects, the environments they live in as ecosystems and their responsibilities as designers.
B2.Demonstrate abilities to select critically evaluate and apply relevant methodologies to the design of visual communication projects.
B3.Articulate required processes ending up with concept driven outcomes, from researching, sketching, thinking, prototyping, exploring alternatives, evaluating, selecting, developing, presenting, to critiquing, testing, revising and improving.
C. Practical and professional Skills:
C1.Define their future roles as designers and plan accordingly their career taking into consideration issues that are central to the discipline of visual communication design.
C2.Communicate and explain, using various media, strategies for approaching creative industries, and produce work of a professional standard Value a real design studio educational environment advantageous to learning all happening through carefully crafted simulations between class studio and real-life situations.
C3.Develop their critical and analytical skills, their application of the design process as well as learn how this can be applied in real life design projects
C4.Demonstrate abilities that they can continue leaning afterwards to improve the quality of their personal growth.
D. Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.Develop tolerance for fellow students' diverse backgrounds and respect their relative educational and professional experiences, especially their individual approaches to design.
D2.Students should demonstrate the ability to collaborate in order to bring about a successful outcome when they walk out to real life situations
D3.Recognize and acknowledge that the design process affects, and is affected, by political, social, cultural, economic, and ethical dimensions.
|
6VC019 Major Aspects of Visual Communication Projects
(6) Credit Hours
This module will enable the student to be able to develop and refine their graphic design project from the conceptual stage through to a visual presentation, which demonstrates a very high level of capability. In addition, it will enable the student to demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the discipline and its professional practices, with reference to the social, cultural and aesthetic aspects of their investigation. Throughout this module the student will develop a high level of knowledge of the contemporary discourse in design and visual communication and will be able to position their work relative to it. Also, the student will be able to debate and/or defend their practice in an informed critical appraisal. Generally, this module will enable the student to demonstrate their cultivated high ambitions to perfect their practice of graphic design.
| Course Code |
6VC019 |
| Course Title |
Major Aspects of Visual Communication Projects |
| Pre-requisite |
5VC019 |
| Credit Hours |
6 |
| Course Description |
This module will enable the student to be able to develop and refine their graphic design project from the conceptual stage through to a visual presentation, which demonstrates a very high level of capability. In addition, it will enable the student to demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the discipline and its professional practices, with reference to the social, cultural and aesthetic aspects of their investigation. Throughout this module the student will develop a high level of knowledge of the contemporary discourse in design and visual communication and will be able to position their work relative to it. Also, the student will be able to debate and/or defend their practice in an informed critical appraisal. Generally, this module will enable the student to demonstrate their cultivated high ambitions to perfect their practice of graphic design. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the module
- This course enables students to:
Applying graphic communication design principles and techniques in the various contexts of commercial activity
Understanding of the impact of advanced graphic communication technologies and activities on our environment and society
Gain skills in the use of software applications in producing creative, meaningful and effective graphic items and solutions to contextualized problems and challenges
Gain skills in creatively applying graphic presentation work and animation techniques to satisfy the needs of commercial activities and those of their audiences
Acquire the ability to demonstrate independence in learning and thinking
Acquire the knowledge and enterprise skills to successfully enter the visual communication industries as a creative practitioner.
Have effective research and study skills to underpin the development of imaginative visual work.
Appropriate conditions to engage and contribute to a creative community of reflective practice.
Produce a series of design projects, and develop them from concept to final production. Utilize digital and traditional media to complete graphic design projects.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Developing and presenting effective graphic communications which support and inform business, industrial and/or built environment sectors
A2.Create visual works that communicate complex issues in concise and attractive ways, using specific media formats
A3.Manage a creative process individually and in teams and have ability to create visual works speaks to certain audiences / users
A4. Know the key aspects of visual communication, including underlying concepts and established principles.
A5.Know the broad critical and contextual dimensions of visual communication.
B. Cognitive Skills:
B1.Make sound judgments in accordance with the theories and concepts of visual communication subjects.
B2.Communicate an understanding of the key principles of practice in written and oral presentation.
B3.Demonstrate creative thinking skills.
B4.Have the ability to source, synthesis and apply research, to work independently and develop and articulate ideas.
B5.Have creative thinking skills to develop a range of strategies using appropriate materials and processes, to achieve outcomes in a variety of contexts to defined audiences.
C. Practical and professional Skills:
C1.The ability to source and apply research in visual communication, to work independently and confidently apply practical and technical knowledge in an appropriate and professional manner.
C2.Demonstrate efficient and reliable working practices in relation to the subject and / or profession/s.
C3.Generate a range of potential ideas and visual developments and apply this to the production of creative work.
C4.Application of information technology to demonstrate an understanding of media, software and recognized competencies.
D. Key/ transferable Skills:
D1.Communicate ideas, information, problems and solutions in visual, written and oral forms.
D2.Negotiation and planning skills
D3.Exhibition, portfolio and presentation skills to a professional standard
D4.Apply interpersonal and social skills to interact with others
|
B207-A Shaping Business Opportunities
(8) Credit Hours
B207A is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of BUS110. The B207 module in this new study plan is an OU updated version of its equivalent B203A module.
| Course Code |
B207-A |
| Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities |
| Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
B207A is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of BUS110. The B207 module in this new study plan is an OU updated version of its equivalent B203A module. |
| Course Objectives |
This
module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to
students in operations management, marketing and human resource management. The
module comprises 16 study weeks (including final assessment).
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation.
- Develop a critical understanding of why new products and services are imperative to contemporary business practice. Also to develop knowledge and understanding of external issues affecting the successful running of organizations, including how they compete in a global context.
- Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation.
- develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management).
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management.
- Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations
- Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner, including a focus on personal skills development.
- Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials.
- Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection.
- Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B207-B Shaping Business Opportunities
(8) Credit Hours
B207B is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of B207A.
| Course Code |
B207-B |
| Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities |
| Pre-requisite |
B207A |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
B207B is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of B207A. |
| Course Objectives |
This module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in management and accounting. The module comprises 16 study weeks (including final assessment).
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (management and accounting) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation.
- Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation.
- develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management.
- Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations
- Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner, including a focus on personal skills development.
- Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials.
- Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection.
- Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
BUS110 Introduction to Business
(8) Credit Hours
"Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues.
| Course Code |
BUS110 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Business |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
"Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues. |
| Course Objectives |
The primary objective is to give the student an understanding of basic business principles. Global business, entrepreneurship, management, marketing, information technology, and financial management will be discussed. Another purpose of this course is to build a foundation of knowledge on the different theoretical approaches to management and decision making • develop analytical skills to identify the links between the functional areas in management, organisations, management practices and the business environment.
Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the course students will have a firm understanding of the following business topics: - The relationship between business and society in a free market economy
- Common forms of business ownership
- Business ethics and social responsibility
- International business and the global economy
- Fundamentals of business management
- Business organization and structure
- Human resources, motivation and productivity
- Marketing, accounting, finance, operations management and other business specialties
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Identify business functions
- Recognize different business models and forms
- Acquire knowledge of business ethics and social responsibility
- Be aquatinted with the fundamentals of management.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Differentiate between business structures and business forms.
- Examine different models and theories and its effect in business life
- analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions in different models and forms of businesses.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Analyse different business-related situations and forms.
- Deduce problems and solutions and its pathways
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Read financial and business related reports
- Communicate knowledge and understanding of business issues to different stakeholders.
- Analyse situations in an academic manner.
|
BUS310 Strategic Management
(8) Credit Hours
Strategic Management: This module examines concepts and the different approaches to - and techniques of - strategic management including analysis of the external and internal environments, the nature of competitive advantage, development of the organization and how they make strategic choices as to where and how to position themselves in relation to their customers and competitors.
The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills especially at level 3. Significant amount of ‘case study’ work have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical and problem solving skills.
| Course Code |
BUS310 |
| Course Title |
Strategic Management |
| Pre-requisite |
B207B |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Strategic Management: This module examines concepts and the different approaches to - and techniques of - strategic management including analysis of the external and internal environments, the nature of competitive advantage, development of the organization and how they make strategic choices as to where and how to position themselves in relation to their customers and competitors.
The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills especially at level 3. Significant amount of ‘case study’ work have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical and problem solving skills.
|
| Course Objectives |
- Provide students with concepts and tangible strategic skills that can readily be put into practice in often changing business environments.
- Present the 21st century competitive/business landscape from a strategic management perspective and to assess how global and technological influences shape it
- Provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of contemporary strategic practice in organizations in a way which is relevant to their professional needs
- Achieving the intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports this aim.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: develop and demonstrate the following Knowledge and understanding: - The structure and dynamics of business environments; how businesses seek to track and analyse their environments;
- Markets, market economies and how they function; how consumers, firms and governments behave as economic agents; why and how markets fail and how this failure is managed;
- Business processes and how they operate; the nature, structure and functioning of organisations; how and why organisations are changing;
- Key business functions such as Marketing, Human Resources, Information Management, Accounting & Finance, Operations – their nature and contribution to organisational success, their historic origins and their interactions;
- How businesses develop strategies; the different forms and theories of strategy;
- How organisations make decisions and organise decision-making processes; the various sources of decision-making irrationality; the nature, role and implications of governmental, regional and supranational business policy on businesses;
- How to apply key ideas in mathematics, including some statistics, and algebra.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Read material questioningly, identifying and recording key ideas and concepts in business studies;
- Synthesise material from a variety of sources, analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions;
- Classify, recognise and organise material in distinct and relevant categories;
- Construct, defend and evaluate an argument, using relevant evidence, giving reasons for conclusions.
C. Practical and
professional
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Transfer and use relevant key skills in the workplace context;
- Use the more specific knowledge, analytic skills and methods, rooted in the different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions; Students will have become better informed, more active and questioning members of an organisation by:
- The ability to engage critically with the underlying challenges and problems facing a business;
- The ability to identify and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognising the significance of different value positions in these arguments.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation;
- Ability to conduct research into business and management issues, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. This requires familiarity with and an evaluative approach to a range of business data, sources of information and appropriate methodologies, and for such to inform the overall learning process; including the development of personal and team attributes and capabilities for entrepreneurial success;
- Self reflection and criticality including self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues;
- Skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning.
|
GA205 Character Design
(4) Credit Hours
In this course students will learn the process of designing characters through conceptualization and iteration. Using imaginative and observational skills. Students will also produce visual outcomes that express the variety of character design manipulations.
| Course Code |
GA205 |
| Course Title |
Character Design |
| Pre-requisite |
GD102 (Basic Design and Composition) & GD103 (Introduction to Digital Media Design) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
In this course students will learn the process of designing characters through conceptualization and iteration. Using imaginative and observational skills. Students will also produce visual outcomes that express the variety of character design manipulations. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Demonstrate a knowledge of the terms native to character design and animation.
• Practice drawing from life as the basis of characters.
• Create characters and designs using an advanced knowledge in construction and design, including but not limited to underlying shapes, personality, attitude, color, style and integration with a script.
• Apply the elements of character design and script analysis in storyboarding.
• Demonstrate the ability to render believable characters through a variety of mark making media, styles, and techniques.
• Self-evaluate own work and the work of others through peer assessment and critique.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Identify concepts, historical and current technologies and techniques for character design.
A2. Describe the steps of visual character design and connect the steps of designing visual character.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyse historical and contemporary design styles and techniques and concepts of character design.
B2. Distinguish characteristics of well-designed and executed animation.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Apply advanced design techniques to construct sophisticated and authentic characters.
C2. Construct authentic poses, gestures and facial expressions to emphasise emotion and personality.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Prepare and present findings from personal tutorial activities in an appropriate academic form of communication.
|
GA206 Fundamentals of Game Design
(4) Credit Hours
This will be the basic approach to students in the Game design world which introduces the common workflows in the industry of digital games therefore students learn various design considerations and techniques employed in games with emphasis placed upon the student’s ability to develop designs beyond mere ideas.
| Course Code |
GA206 |
| Course Title |
Fundamentals of Game Design |
| Pre-requisite |
GPR101 (Playgramming) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This will be the basic approach to students in the Game design world which introduces the common workflows in the industry of digital games therefore students learn various design considerations and techniques employed in games with emphasis placed upon the student’s ability to develop designs beyond mere ideas. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Provide students with a practical foundation in game design with a focus on concept development, design decomposition, and prototyping.
• Use game design theory, analysis, physical prototyping, playtesting, and iteration, students learn how to translate game ideas, themes, and metaphors into gameplay, game pitches, and design documents.
• Analyze and recognize play that exists in important games, stories, and other media.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Recognize current technologies in the disciplines of game design.
A2. Define the components of games and gameplay experiences maximizing output quality.
A3. Identify the principles of design digital games, social limitations, and market needs.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze different common types of digital games to carry out an original project.
B2. Explore the up-to-date techniques used in the field of game design.
B3. Decide the best Game implementation workflow.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop a game idea from concept to playable, analogue prototype through several cycles of the iterative game design process.
C2. Use common methods for documenting game design such as game design documents and playtesting reports.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present visually the main Idea of a game and the suggested workflow to implement it within appropriate due date.
|
GA207 Understanding Game Engines
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces the fundamental components and features of modern game engines. It covers the development workflows of game design and implements programming techniques used in game engines to gain an understanding of game engine components, terminologies, and operations to create interactive environments for video games. It also explains how to choose the suitable game engine that supports the game’s nature.
| Course Code |
GA207 |
| Course Title |
Understanding Game Engines |
| Pre-requisite |
GA206 (Fundamentals of Game Design) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces the fundamental components and features of modern game engines. It covers the development workflows of game design and implements programming techniques used in game engines to gain an understanding of game engine components, terminologies, and operations to create interactive environments for video games. It also explains how to choose the suitable game engine that supports the game’s nature. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Provide the students with the essential skills for building games and prototype applications by using recent game engines.
• Grasp the fundamentals of how game engines operate.
• Develop proficiency with Game Engines to create applications in that development environment.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Identify modern development concepts, methods, technologies, tools, and delivery mechanisms for game engines.
A2. Recognize object-oriented programming concepts in game engines.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Compare and distinguish the different methods, tools, and development workflows to identify the best options for a game design.
B2. Recognize up-to-date software developmental methods and tools in the game industry.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop the ability to work with Game Engines and give solutions for problems and obstacles in game design projects.
C2. Apply the principles of game development and design using up-to-date techniques and tools to produce a suitable outcome in both 2D and 3D layout levels.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present the professional capacity in managing, game developing, and prioritizing their schedule workflow accordingly.
D2. Organize and communicate effectively to reach a specific outcome in game design projects, independently or within a team.
|
GA208 Visual Narrative and Storytelling
(4) Credit Hours
This is a fundamental module for any audiovisual production, focusing primarily on storyboarding and the aesthetic and practical uses of creative thinking, treatments, drawings, and found images to translate a written script visually. It provides the student with the core knowledge and skill for exploring the creation and function of storytelling as a tool of communication in the production of animations, films, and game design.
| Course Code |
GA208 |
| Course Title |
Visual Narrative and Storytelling |
| Pre-requisite |
GD104 – GD205 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This is a fundamental module for any audiovisual production, focusing primarily on storyboarding and the aesthetic and practical uses of creative thinking, treatments, drawings, and found images to translate a written script visually. It provides the student with the core knowledge and skill for exploring the creation and function of storytelling as a tool of communication in the production of animations, films, and game design. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Provide the students with the essential knowledge of narrative sequence with emphasis on framing, staging, and syntagmatic storytelling.
• Develop their creative skills to understand the provided brief and translate their ideas into cohesive visual storytelling.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Identify the vocabulary of visual language, film types of shots, transitions, and narrative structure.
A2. Describe the conventional narrative structure of the shot sequence, progression, and staging.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Compare the visual methods of expressing character attitudes and performance associated with storytelling.
B2. Analyze various visual examples in the context of storytelling structure, visual and semiotic literacy.
B3. Recognize computer software for storyboarding.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop ideas and translate the written script to visual.
C2. Apply the principles of storyboarding using different drawing and composition techniques to design clear and dynamic stories.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present and reflect clearly on work in discussions, storyboard presentations, and projects.
D2. Research and find references for visual resource material.
|
GA301 Level Design
(4) Credit Hours
This module focuses on the fundamentals of game level design and the technical and aesthetic factors central to the creation of appealing and engaging game levels — a crucial aspect of game design that centers around the creation of playable spaces. The Level designer works within the constraints of the game designer's vision to build gameplay areas that are challenging, fun, and in keeping with the game’s overall vision.
| Course Code |
GA301 |
| Course Title |
Level Design |
| Pre-requisite |
GA207 (Understanding Game Engines) & GD204 (Introduction to 3D) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module focuses on the fundamentals of game level design and the technical and aesthetic factors central to the creation of appealing and engaging game levels — a crucial aspect of game design that centers around the creation of playable spaces. The Level designer works within the constraints of the game designer's vision to build gameplay areas that are challenging, fun, and in keeping with the game’s overall vision. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Research a wide range of subjects, from history to design methods, to improve game analysis.
• Learn to handle the step-by-step process of game development by focusing on the creation of virtual spaces, key-frames, and cinematic camera work.
• Design and build real-time game environments using industry workflow and methods.
• Grasp what level design is and how level designers create engaging, dynamic, goal-driven experiences in games.
• Participate in collaborative design projects to find creative and innovative solutions to real-world problems.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Explain how games from different eras have implemented game design principles.
A2. Identify core design issues related to the development of computer games.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Gain experience working while studying various art and design processes used by various disciplines within the game industry.
B2. Distinguish technical and aesthetic factors central to the design of an appealing game level.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Plan the level design process to engage the audience and meet the needs of the market, solving problems of cost, distribution, and time management.
C2. Produce original and creatively distinguished game level designs that engage an audience using technology and methodologies.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Manage and develop workflows that are effective in multidisciplinary collaborative contexts.
|
GA302 3D Environments and Effects
(4) Credit Hours
3D Environments explores designing objects, environments, and scenarios for a range of physical and virtual applications. Students will learn techniques suitable for a variety of outcomes, including animation, games, and motion graphics, with a primary focus on designing environments, digital set design, and landscapes.
| Course Code |
GA302 |
| Course Title |
3D Environments and Effects |
| Pre-requisite |
GD204 – Introduction to 3D |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
3D Environments explores designing objects, environments, and scenarios for a range of physical and virtual applications. Students will learn techniques suitable for a variety of outcomes, including animation, games, and motion graphics, with a primary focus on designing environments, digital set design, and landscapes. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Introduce students to fundamental concepts related to creating virtual and physical spaces through designing experimental 3D environments.
• Introduce students to virtual production and real-time 3D concepts through game engines.
• Focus, analyze, and critique both historical and contemporary examples of virtual design, installation, and light projections.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Determine the role of 3D environment design in 3D game production.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Compare different techniques and software to texture 3D models, assets, and landscapes.
B2. Analyze, break down, and critique professional examples of virtual design.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Design physical and virtual spaces for animation, installation, film, and games.
C2. Create full, rich 3D environments modeled, sculpted, textured, lighted, and rendered.
C3. Apply the fundamentals of environment design to a creative production concept.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present visually the concept study of the intended environment design.
D2. Determine the output format of the environment design to complete the game design or animation workflow.
|
GA304 3D Animation Production
(4) Credit Hours
This module is designed to give students a solid theoretical background and the underlying concepts for the featured 3D animation production. The focus is on the 3D movie production pipeline, from the idea creation to the final result and how each step delivers the proper requirement to the next one, which prepares students to gain competence for market enrollment and helps them control their final project effectively.
| Course Code |
GA304 |
| Course Title |
3D Animation Production |
| Pre-requisite |
GA301 – Level Design & GA302 – 3D Environments and Effects |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module is designed to give students a solid theoretical background and the underlying concepts for the featured 3D animation production. The focus is on the 3D movie production pipeline, from the idea creation to the final result and how each step delivers the proper requirement to the next one, which prepares students to gain competence for market enrollment and helps them control their final project effectively. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Enable students to understand the fundamentals of 3D animation production, through explaining main stages of production (pre-production, production, and post-production).
• Study the workflow of the pioneer 3D production companies and dig deeper into their methods of development.
• Equip students for employment in the CG, games, web and multimedia, design, and publishing industries.
• Help students to continue developing a personal portfolio by adding a 3D work that demonstrates understanding of key principles and capability to plan a complete 3D animation film.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Understand the 3D animation production pipeline.
A2. Tell the role of each step of 3D animation production.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Study different workflow processes used by various companies within the 3D animation industry.
B2. Determine the needed steps and workflow to achieve a particular 3D animation movie.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Plan and manage a short 3D animation.
C2. Incorporate production steps with the post-production steps using the best format.
C3. Edit the final short from the production phase.
C4. Complete the rendered scenes.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Follow up 3D animation production.
D2. Form a team to implement the 3D animation movie.
|
GD101 Drawing
(4) Credit Hours
This course focuses on teaching students the basic principles of freehand drawing. The focus of the course is on developing students' motor control by freehand drawing and by developing analytical and objective observation of life and three-dimensional objects. The student will also learn to project light and shadow on the shapes and show the depth of the elements in the drawn spaces. The course also offers an introduction to figure anatomy and gesture.
| Course Code |
GD101 |
| Course Title |
Drawing |
| Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course focuses on teaching students the basic principles of freehand drawing. The focus of the course is on developing students' motor control by freehand drawing and by developing analytical and objective observation of life and three-dimensional objects. The student will also learn to project light and shadow on the shapes and show the depth of the elements in the drawn spaces. The course also offers an introduction to figure anatomy and gesture. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Provide students with the basic knowledge necessary to practice drawing.
• Acquire technical proficiency in the use of the tools and materials of drawing.
• Develop basic drawing skills such as spaces, color relationships, light and shadow and drawing human figures.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Describe the drawing elements, perspective and form.
A2. Identify the principles of proportion and measurement to ensure accurate and realistic representations of objects and figures in drawings.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze and take apart the key aspects of the subject matter using the artistic techniques and the principles of drawing.
B2. Compare different drawing techniques and materials to make correct design decisions.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop creative compositions and illustrate them visually through 2D and 3D formats.
C2. Apply creative skills to design artistic drawing projects.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present the artwork in a visually engaging portfolio.
|
GD102 Basic Design and Composition
(4) Credit Hours
This course presents the basic evaluation elements such as (Color, type, shape, form and space) and introduces the student to learn the basic principles of design, composition, clarifies the used principle scientifically and practically to take advantage these elements and to create a successful design composition through using different specialized software tools and create a creative work that presents the feelings and the emotions of the student.
| Course Code |
GD102 |
| Course Title |
Basic Design and Composition |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 and GD101 – Drawing |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course presents the basic evaluation elements such as (Color, type, shape, form and space) and introduces the student to learn the basic principles of design, composition, clarifies the used principle scientifically and practically to take advantage these elements and to create a successful design composition through using different specialized software tools and create a creative work that presents the feelings and the emotions of the student. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Recognize the elements and principles of design.
• Acquire technical proficiency in the use of the tools and materials of design.
• Develop skills in the use of printing colors and screen colors and how to deal with them.
• Apply the elements and principles of design to given problems and exploit their use for creative inspiration.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Recognize design elements and principles and their uses in different design formats and contexts that meet the stated purpose.
A2. Identify the potentials and limitations of different theories and techniques in visual workflows.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze and identify the key aspects of design elements and principles in various design contexts.
B2. Compare and differentiate printed designs and screen designs to choose appropriate implementation of design ideas.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Apply design principles, theoretical bases, and techniques in different design contexts.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Discuss their work with the work of others and offer critical feedback to their classmates.
|
GD103 Introduction to Digital Media Design
(4) Credit Hours
This course is an introduction to the field of graphic design exploring the creation and function of design as a tool of communication. This course focuses on the concepts of original ideas creation and preparing students for the theory, principles, and becoming familiar with the graphic software of digital media design as they apply to a wide variety of communication contexts. It provides an initial, wide-ranging exploration of visual communication issues and applications. Emphasis will be placed on the principles and language of graphic design.
| Course Code |
GD103 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Digital Media Design |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 + GD101 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course is an introduction to the field of graphic design exploring the creation and function of design as a tool of communication. This course focuses on the concepts of original ideas creation and preparing students for the theory, principles, and becoming familiar with the graphic software of digital media design as they apply to a wide variety of communication contexts. It provides an initial, wide-ranging exploration of visual communication issues and applications. Emphasis will be placed on the principles and language of graphic design. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Provide the students with the essential knowledge of digital media design software.
• Understand graphic design as a tool for communicating information, concepts, and emotions.
• Develop their creative thinking to translate the ideas visually and apply the elements and principles of design in their own graphic design.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Describe the design fundamental concepts, cultural and technological methods in digital media design.
A2. Define the potentials and limitations of the existing methods and graphic software in multimedia production workflow.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Gain the creative thinking process to evaluate digital media design in various contexts.
B2. Integrate with the up-to-date techniques in digital media design.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop creative ideas and visually translate them with professional competence in digital media designs.
C2. Demonstrate the ability to use professional materials, and updated techniques to produce digital media designs in different formats.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present ideas clearly in a compelling visual presentation.
|
GD104 Digital Photography
(4) Credit Hours
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them photo retouching tools and different kinds of lighting. This course focuses on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion - Product) and by emphasizing composition, appropriate lighting, timing of pictures and messages in artistic photos.
| Course Code |
GD104 |
| Course Title |
Digital Photography |
| Pre-requisite |
GD103 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them photo retouching tools and different kinds of lighting. This course focuses on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion - Product) and by emphasizing composition, appropriate lighting, timing of pictures and messages in artistic photos. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Understand the history of photography
• Become proficient at the technical aspect of photographing with a camera
• Understand the relationship between ISO, Shutter Speed and Aperture (Exposure triangle)
• Understand the difference between quantity and color of the light and setting a suitable lighting setup
• Understand the rules of image composition
• Emphasize on the artistic part of the image and different themes of photography
• Conceptual thinking and visualizing concepts via images and the works of great photographers
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Explain the historical evolution of photography, including key milestones, movements, and influential photographers, providing a comprehensive grasp of the medium's development.
A2. Define and apply the technical aspects of photography, including camera settings (Aperture, Shutter Speed, ISO, White Balance, Focus), grasp the foundational principles of photographic equipment and their relevance to image creation.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze and integrate the principles of the exposure triangle (ISO, Shutter Speed, Aperture) to capture images with precise control over exposure and artistic intent, showcasing the ability to adapt technical knowledge to creative practice.
B2. Evaluate and select appropriate lighting techniques, considering factors like color temperature (Kelvin) and light quantity, to enhance the visual impact of photographs and convey specific moods or messages effectively.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop the practical skills to create well-lit and composed photographs by constructing and manipulating lighting setups, including key light, fill light, back light, and background light, while demonstrating proficiency in the practical application of lighting concepts.
C2. Demonstrate the ability to compose visually compelling images by applying the rules of image composition, showcasing proficiency in arranging elements within the frame for aesthetic and communicative purposes.
C3. Apply artistic principles and themes to photographic work, incorporating conceptual thinking and visualization to produce images that convey artistic messages, personal perspectives, and creative narratives.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Communicate and present ideas, concepts, and visual narratives effectively through photographic imagery, fostering strong visual communication and storytelling skills.
D2. Cultivate critical thinking and analysis skills by studying the work of renowned photographers, allowing students to draw inspiration and insights from established masters of the medium, while fostering the capacity to critically assess their own work and that of others.
|
GD105 Typography I
(4) Credit Hours
This course provides students with the fundamental skills to design effectively with typography. Students will learn the history, theory and practice of letterforms and typography as they apply to different areas of design and visual communication. The aim of the course is to teach students to experience and value visual thinking and creative problem solving in typography through practical knowledge, innovation and critical thinking.
The course provides skills not only essential for fulfilling the objectives of the module, but also contributes to other for coming curriculum modules such as: Typography-II, Computer Graphics, Branding and Graduation Project
| Course Code |
GD105 |
| Course Title |
Typography I |
| Pre-requisite |
GD102 – Basic Design and Composition, GD103 – Introduction to Digital Media Design |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course provides students with the fundamental skills to design effectively with typography. Students will learn the history, theory and practice of letterforms and typography as they apply to different areas of design and visual communication. The aim of the course is to teach students to experience and value visual thinking and creative problem solving in typography through practical knowledge, innovation and critical thinking.
The course provides skills not only essential for fulfilling the objectives of the module, but also contributes to other for coming curriculum modules such as: Typography-II, Computer Graphics, Branding and Graduation Project
|
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
Develop a deep understating and appreciation of typography. The course focuses on the anatomy of letterforms, terminology and type setting techniques and how to apply the elements and principles of design.Gain an understanding of the function of typography as a communicative and graphic element through class lectures, discussions, projects and critiques.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Define the key principles of typography, including the anatomy of letterforms, typographic terminology, and the elements and principles of design, demonstrating a deep understanding and appreciation of typographic concepts.
A2. Describe the historical and cultural significance of various typefaces and their implications on visual communication, highlighting the ability to recognize and interpret different typographic styles.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze and integrate typographic knowledge to effectively apply typography as a communicative and graphic element, demonstrating a nuanced understanding of how type conveys messages and meaning.
B2. Gain the ability to think critically about typographic choices in design.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Demonstrate professional competence in the technical aspects of typography, through practical exercises and projects, highlighting the ability to create well-structured and aesthetically pleasing typographic compositions.
C2. Develop practical skills for both traditional and digital type composition, including typesetting and proofreading, and use computer applications to create effective visual communication compositions.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present and communicate typographical solutions effectively for various communication objectives and functions, fostering strong visual communication and presentation skills.
D2. Present typographic design visually and verbally.
|
GD106 Design Thinking & Research Methodologies
(4) Credit Hours
This studio course introduces students to research methodologies for any given subject and continues to the art of presentation. Students will learn how to generate creative and innovative ideas/concepts for their projects through the study and practice of creative strategies and through design process.
| Course Code |
GD106 |
| Course Title |
Design Thinking & Research Methodologies |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 – English Communication Skills I |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This studio course introduces students to research methodologies for any given subject and continues to the art of presentation. Students will learn how to generate creative and innovative ideas/concepts for their projects through the study and practice of creative strategies and through design process. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
Develop a clear understanding of Design Thinking: Principles, Process, and Benefits.Understand research Methodologies: Types, Approaches, and Applications.Exhibit insight into the various steps of the creative design process depending on research findings.Recognize Ethical Considerations in Research: Ensuring Participant Privacy and Informed Consent to achieve research Validity and Reliability.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Define the fundamental principles and concepts of design thinking, showcasing a clear understanding of the nature and scope of design and research.
A2. Describe the various steps and components of the creative design process, including problem identification, ideation, prototyping, and testing, demonstrating comprehensive knowledge of the sequential stages of design development and their relevance to the research process.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze information relevant to a design challenge, showcasing the ability to use critical thinking and analysis to inform the design process.
B2. Evaluate and implement proper referencing and citation techniques to ensure academic integrity, demonstrating an awareness of ethical considerations related to research and avoiding plagiarism.
C1. Develop the skills to write a comprehensive and creative project brief that effectively communicates project objectives, scope, and desired outcomes, showcasing the capacity to articulate clear project goals.
C2. Apply design strategies that are contextually appropriate and relevant to a given design challenge, demonstrating the ability to adapt and employ creative problem-solving techniques to address specific design problems.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Demonstrate effective problem-solving skills associated with a given design challenge and cultivating skill of identification problem and solution development applicable in various contexts.
D2. Develop communication and presentation skills, allowing students to effectively convey and pitch their ideas.
|
GD107 Motion graphic
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces the key principles, processes and techniques involved in creating motion graphic sequences for screen media. Students will explore and apply creative techniques for motion graphics using an appropriate range of digital production methods. The module enables students to incorporate motion graphics with audio aspects in multimedia projects and understand the timing factor in motion design.
| Course Code |
GD107 |
| Course Title |
Motion graphic |
| Pre-requisite |
GD103 & GD102 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces the key principles, processes and techniques involved in creating motion graphic sequences for screen media. Students will explore and apply creative techniques for motion graphics using an appropriate range of digital production methods. The module enables students to incorporate motion graphics with audio aspects in multimedia projects and understand the timing factor in motion design. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Introduce the concept of moving images through the works of motion graphics.
• Provide students with knowledge and understanding of video production and motion graphics technology.
• Provide students with practical experience on the process of producing (2D) motion graphic works.
• Construct motion graphic sequences for film and television production using appropriate software.
• Review and critically analyze their production work against industry practitioners.
• Plan and schedule their project(s) by a specified deadline.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Identify the theories of visual communication and the key principles and techniques in the creation of motion graphic sequences.
A2. Describe the production processes and technical issues for motion graphics in accordance with industry practitioners.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Relate the significance of motion graphics in visual communication process and restate the link between theory and practice to carry out original projects.
B2. Compare between different design approaches and techniques in professional workflows with software and apps as a foundation for professional experience.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Apply ideas and skills in producing works of motion graphics using appropriate digital production methods.
C2. Practice and apply techniques using appropriate software in solving communication problems within motion design.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Communicate effectively in a working group.
D2. The ability of making a visual presentation.
|
GD111 Introduction to Visual Perception
(4) Credit Hours
The course introduces the student to the translation of perception through delineation, drawing, and other descriptive media from a design perspective. Emphasis of the course is on the development of students' motor control by means of freehand and mechanical drawing and by development of analytical and objective observation from life and three-dimensional objects. Also, the course will help the student to learn
The basic principles of design, composition, Lines and shapes as mediums.
Application is by problem-solving and exploration of the elements and principles in two dimensional means and in a contemporary mode of expression and sketching technique from body figures to industrial representation. This studio introduces the student to the elements and concepts of two dimensional design compositions. Formal and relational properties of line, shape, form, value, and texture are studied. Studio exercises using various media explore concepts of balance, harmony, repetition, rhythm, scale, proportion, time and motion in 2-dimensional compositions.
1. The courses "Digital Visualization Studio" (5VC017) and "Visual Narrative" (5VC012) will build on the design basics concepts and skills acquired from this course "Introduction to Art and Design in Context".
2. Illustration:
This course introduces students to illustration as an art and design form of visual communication. It emphasizes the development of problem solving skills from the initial stage to the final implementation stage of image making. It uses drawing techniques such as black and white.
| Course Code |
GD111 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Visual Perception |
| Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The course introduces the student to the translation of perception through delineation, drawing, and other descriptive media from a design perspective. Emphasis of the course is on the development of students' motor control by means of freehand and mechanical drawing and by development of analytical and objective observation from life and three-dimensional objects. Also, the course will help the student to learn
The basic principles of design, composition, Lines and shapes as mediums.
Application is by problem-solving and exploration of the elements and principles in two dimensional means and in a contemporary mode of expression and sketching technique from body figures to industrial representation. This studio introduces the student to the elements and concepts of two dimensional design compositions. Formal and relational properties of line, shape, form, value, and texture are studied. Studio exercises using various media explore concepts of balance, harmony, repetition, rhythm, scale, proportion, time and motion in 2-dimensional compositions.
1. The courses "Digital Visualization Studio" (5VC017) and "Visual Narrative" (5VC012) will build on the design basics concepts and skills acquired from this course "Introduction to Art and Design in Context".
2. Illustration:
This course introduces students to illustration as an art and design form of visual communication. It emphasizes the development of problem solving skills from the initial stage to the final implementation stage of image making. It uses drawing techniques such as black and white.
|
| Course Objectives |
The aims of the art and design in context are: - Acquire the theory necessary for the practice of drawing for designers
- Discern the drawing component
- Recognize and appreciate design in nature and all creation
- Acquire the basic terminology of the design profession
- Develop an understanding of "why to do it" as well as "how to do it"
- Acquire technical proficiency in the use of the tools and materials of design
- Apply the elements of design to exploit their use through one's own perception.
- Master the essential drawing skills and techniques such as gestalt, light and shadow, relationship, spaces and edges.
- Acquire a comprehensive knowledge, theories, and concepts about illustration and its major roles as an artistic form and visual communication tool.
- Develop substance knowledge of drawing techniques, art styles, drawing mediums and craftsmanship needed for image making.
- Acquire a competency with the tools and techniques associated with the art of illustration.
- Explore interdisciplinary forms of art making such as drawings, collage and mixed media.
- Develop an appreciation and tolerance of diverse perspectives dealing with art and culture.
- Become involved in collaborative art experiences.
- Use the elements of design in creative manners to produce aesthetically pleasing compositions.
- Develop self-expression and effective visual communication.
- Use appropriate critical vocabulary to describe
and analyse works of art.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On completion of the course students will be able to: On completion of the course students will be able to: - Get familiar with the drawing elements: colour, shape, line, tone, texture, form, etc.
- Define the visual rolls of design principles: balance, contrast, cropping, etc. in design.
- Identify the design elements and principles that satisfy the stated purpose.
- Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the role of perception as a communication tool in graphic and multimedia design.
- Research, analyse, identify, and apply key aspects of the subject matter, the artistic techniques and the principles of drawing.
- Use appropriate terminology to describe illustration types, styles, mediums, techniques and processes.
- Explain, discuss and critique illustration art work, including some reference to the art historical, social, and cultural context.
B. Cognitive skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Enrich skills of combining manual methodologies and materials in order to fulfil certain function.
- Read text materials and identify key points and concepts that should or could be communicated through an illustration.
- Select data and information from various sources and analyse and present them on an appropriate manner to support a project and its solution.
- Communicate effectively visual concepts showing recognition of the target audience and the purpose of the illustrations.
- Identify key elements of the subject matter needed to be illustrated and its purpose and identify the appropriate artistic techniques and methods for producing illustration projects.
C. Practical and professional skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Develop the ability to synthesize into a coherent point of view and communicate it through 2D and 3D formats.
- Employ technical and artistic skills needed to create highly crafted illustration projects that communicate ideas for specific target audience and for various design applications.
- Use effectively and creatively elements and principles of design in the creation of illustration projects.
- Identify and communicate visually alternative solutions.
- Create effective art composition by applying design principles and appropriate rules of composition.
D. Key transferable skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Translate verbal meanings into design forms, by using different materials and methodologies.
- Discuss your work and the work of others with confidence and to offer critical feedback to their classmates.
- Design, illustrate, and complete individual projects for various purposes and audience in effective and creative manner.
- Create a portfolio of graphic design and multimedia projects and display finished works in a professional manner.
- Classify illustrations according to types of design problems, subject matter and applications.
- Demonstrate an understanding of the demands and expectations of the illustration profession.
|
GD124 Digital Photography I
(4) Credit Hours
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them the manipulation of photographic tools and different kinds of lighting.
This course focuses on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion) and by emphasizing on composition, appropriate lighting, timing of picture and messages in artistic photos.
| Course Code |
GD124 |
| Course Title |
Digital Photography I |
| Pre-requisite |
GD113 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them the manipulation of photographic tools and different kinds of lighting.
This course focuses on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion) and by emphasizing on composition, appropriate lighting, timing of picture and messages in artistic photos.
|
| Course Objectives |
- Understand the history of photography
- Become proficient at the technical aspect of photographing with a camera
- Use camera manually (Aperture, Shutter Speed, ISO, White Balance, Focus)
- Understand the relationship between ISO, Shutter Speed and Aperture (Exposure triangle)
- Understand the difference between quantity and color of the light (white balance, kelvin)
- Recognition and manipulation of the direction of light (6 key directions: Frontal, 45degree, 90 degree, Zenithal, Diabolic, Back light)
- Construct the proper lighting and acknowledge the importance of the light and reflections (key light, fill light, back light, background light)
- Understand the rules of image composition
- Emphasize on the artistic part of the image and different themes of photography
- Conceptual thinking and visualizing concepts via images
- Studying the work of great photographers (Ansel Adams, Henri Cartier Bresson…)
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Understand camera controls: shutter speed, aperture, ISO...
- Capture well framed and exposed images
- Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the role of photography in these times.
- Recognize and manipulate the direction of light.
- Emphasize on the artistic part of the image and different themes and fields of photography.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Develop skills of combining manual methodologies and materials in order to fulfil certain functions.
- Read text materials and identify key points and concepts that should or could be communicated through a photo.
- Select data and information from various sources and analyse and present them on an appropriate manner to support a project and its solution.
- Communicate effectively visual concepts showing recognition of the target audience and the purpose of the photo.
- Identify key elements of the subject matter needed to be photographed and its purpose and identify the appropriate artistic techniques and methods for producing image projects.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Develop the ability to synthesize coherent creative thoughts and communicate them through images.
- Employ technical and artistic skills needed to create beautiful photo projects that communicate specific concepts and ideas to the target audience.
- Use effectively and creatively elements and principles of photography in the creation of a narrative.
- Identify and communicate visually alternative solutions.
- Create effective art photos by applying principles and appropriate rules of composition.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Translate verbal meanings into photo forms, by using different materials and methodologies.
- Discuss their work and the work of others with confidence and to offer critical feedback to their classmates.
- Use photos to complete individual projects for various purposes and audience in an effective and creative manner.
- Create a portfolio of visually and conceptually strong photographs and display these finished works in a professional manner.
- Classify photography according to types, subjects and applications.
- Demonstrate an understanding of the demands and expectations of the photography profession.
|
GD126 Introduction to Multimedia Design
(4) Credit Hours
The Objective of this course is to familiarise the students with all aspects of Multimedia, whether be it a brief look into the history of Cinema, TV, and Social Media or the manipulation of Audio, Video and light equipment and tools of the trade including a brief overview on editing. How to address every job title and learn how a basic shoot works.
This course will also cover famous directors, great scenes, how to breakdown a commercial or a video clip and to be able to think creatively and reproduce any Multimedia project the student desires.
The course is also designed to enrich the students with a vast knowledge and by the end they will be able to view TV and Cinema while having a critic’s point of view.
The students will also see how Multimedia came to be from the Film reels of Cinema to the Modern day age of Digital shooting.
| Course Code |
GD126 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Multimedia Design |
| Pre-requisite |
GD111 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The Objective of this course is to familiarise the students with all aspects of Multimedia, whether be it a brief look into the history of Cinema, TV, and Social Media or the manipulation of Audio, Video and light equipment and tools of the trade including a brief overview on editing. How to address every job title and learn how a basic shoot works.
This course will also cover famous directors, great scenes, how to breakdown a commercial or a video clip and to be able to think creatively and reproduce any Multimedia project the student desires.
The course is also designed to enrich the students with a vast knowledge and by the end they will be able to view TV and Cinema while having a critic’s point of view.
The students will also see how Multimedia came to be from the Film reels of Cinema to the Modern day age of Digital shooting.
|
| Course Objectives |
- The aim of the course is to start by focusing on the audio aspect of Multimedia alone such as the manipulation of Microphones and the correct way of recording then to move on to learning about video alone through the manipulation of a digital camera and correct capturing.
- The integration of both mentioned items above into one consolidated form which is a single line of short film with an editing tool.
- Learning about audio and video imports and exports
- Learning basic special effects in editing
- An introduction into script writing
- Understanding the in-depth of the work that goes through in making TVC, Clips and Movies.
- To learn the proper wording used on sets for camera movements and the proper etiquette for each set.
- To learn about lighting equipment and indoor VS Outdoor shootings.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On completion of this course the student will be able to: - Get familiar with Microphones, Cameras, Lighting equipment, Grip and editing tools.
- Recognize and manipulate the indoor v/s Outdoor lighting correctly.
- See Artistically the movies and clips and be able to criticise the image in front of them.
- Learn the basics in Video effects.
- Brief history of Multimedia.
B. Cognitive skills
On Completion of this course the student will be able to : - Read through a Video and avoid making industry mistakes.
- Learn how to make and read storyboards.
- Be able to calculate frame rate and make high speed and low speed movies.
- Understand how the Multimedia made the world smaller and that every person can become a director.
- Understand the meaning of resolutions in Multimedia and how to convert formats.
C. Practical and professional skills
On Completion of this course the student will be able to : - Manipulate Microphones and record sound correctly.
- Manipulate Cameras and capture video correctly.
- Audio and Video integration into and editing program.
- Manipulate light equipment correctly.
- Import Export Audios and Videos into a short TVC or Clip or Short Movie.
- Breakdown a movie into parts and put it all on paper.
D. Key transferable skills
On Completion of this course the student will be able to : - Understand how to read a breakdown and make one from a scene.
- Understand the Multimedia Market.
- Open a YouTube channel
- the student will be able to make a project quotation from zero.
- On set etiquette and understanding the job of every person on the shooting team
|
GD201 2D Animation
(4) Credit Hours
2D animation course provides the student with the principles of animating frame-by-frame drawings using digital software. This course relies on previous knowledge of composition elements, design principles, timing, and basic animation principles that were presented in earlier courses and prepares the student for more advanced 3D and 2D animation projects.
| Course Code |
GD201 |
| Course Title |
2D Animation |
| Pre-requisite |
GD107 (Motion Graphic) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
2D animation course provides the student with the principles of animating frame-by-frame drawings using digital software. This course relies on previous knowledge of composition elements, design principles, timing, and basic animation principles that were presented in earlier courses and prepares the student for more advanced 3D and 2D animation projects. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Introduce students to the principles of animation and motion appeal characteristics throughout cumulative exercises.
• Provide the students with a seamless growth in their animating skills and technical ability.
• Reach a higher level of visual expression through a new dimension which is time.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Understand different animation principles and their applications along with grasping the historical context and evolution of the animation industry up to date.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Form a critical eye for animation projects and be able to analyze principles, techniques, and workflow methods.
B2. Exposure to different creative styles, techniques, and tools used in the animation industry.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Execute animation projects within relation to the cultural and social contexts, legal restrictions, and industry standards.
C2. Be able to apply different tools and methods to solve design problems in animation projects.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Prepare action plans to monitor and carry out individual and/or group animation projects within required time.
|
GD202 UX-UI
(4) Credit Hours
The course introduces the student to Web and Digital Media Design in a blended approach of combining the strategic and design sides of user interface design. This course aims to develop skills necessary to design a logical, intuitive, and clear user interface that are visually pleasing and user-friendly. The students will learn the strategic principles, the user experience research, and the design principles to craft great user experiences and design interfaces that solve users’ needs for delivery on computers, mobile phones, and the expanding realm of digital media devices. All to prepare the students for jobs such as user interface designer, and information architect.
| Course Code |
GD202 |
| Course Title |
UX-UI |
| Pre-requisite |
GD105 (Typography) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The course introduces the student to Web and Digital Media Design in a blended approach of combining the strategic and design sides of user interface design. This course aims to develop skills necessary to design a logical, intuitive, and clear user interface that are visually pleasing and user-friendly. The students will learn the strategic principles, the user experience research, and the design principles to craft great user experiences and design interfaces that solve users’ needs for delivery on computers, mobile phones, and the expanding realm of digital media devices. All to prepare the students for jobs such as user interface designer, and information architect. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Understand what makes design effective, usable, and successful.
• Leverage user research techniques to elicit correct requirements and compile features that act as real opportunities for product success.
• Create successful designs catering for user needs, tackling existing pain points, and providing pleasant overall user experience.
• Apply interaction design and UX heuristics to address various design challenges.
• Learn and practice best methods in page design to promote clarity, coherence, and aesthetics.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Demonstrate UI, UX, and IA principles, processes, and research methodologies.
A2. Identify User Experience elements.
A3. Describe coherence, scale, and balance in design.
A4. Identify color and typography and incorporate multimedia components in design.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Classify user voice, needs, and pain points.
B2. Elicit design insights.
B3. Determine product opportunities.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Solve for practical and pleasant user journeys.
C2. Conduct prototyping and testing.
C3. Create UXD deliverables from user journeys.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Assess what makes designs effectively communicate.
D2. Display awareness of core principles.
D3. Conduct user experience research.
|
GD203 Video Editing
(4) Credit Hours
For a multimedia student, an editing course can provide valuable skills that extend beyond traditional text-based editing. The goal of such a course would be to equip students with the ability to edit and enhance multimedia content effectively. Editing skills contribute to polished and professional communication in multimedia projects, reflecting positively on the creator's work and the organization they represent. Moreover, it allows students to craft compelling narratives in multimedia content, enabling them to engage audiences effectively and communicate complex ideas in a visually appealing manner.
| Course Code |
GD203 |
| Course Title |
Video Editing |
| Pre-requisite |
GD104 – GD107 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
For a multimedia student, an editing course can provide valuable skills that extend beyond traditional text-based editing. The goal of such a course would be to equip students with the ability to edit and enhance multimedia content effectively. Editing skills contribute to polished and professional communication in multimedia projects, reflecting positively on the creator's work and the organization they represent. Moreover, it allows students to craft compelling narratives in multimedia content, enabling them to engage audiences effectively and communicate complex ideas in a visually appealing manner. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Understand all editing styles: clip, teaser, drama, action…
• Use Adobe Premiere Pro software.
• Understand the rushes that an editor needs in a project.
• Find creative solutions in editing for various projects.
• Utilize editing tools to elevate the project to higher levels.
• Understand the relation between editing and visual communication.
• Understand the link between image and sound.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Describe various editing styles, including clip, teaser, drama, and action, enabling students to analyze and choose the most appropriate style for multimedia projects.
A2. Identify the capabilities and functionalities of editing software, showcasing proficiency in using this editing tool to manipulate multimedia content effectively.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze multimedia rushes and raw footage to identify essential elements required for effective editing, demonstrating the ability to critically assess visual and audio content to construct compelling narratives.
B2. Criticize contextually appropriate solutions in editing to address challenges and enhance the overall quality of multimedia projects, showcasing problem-solving and critical-thinking skills in the editing process.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Utilize a range of editing tools and techniques to elevate multimedia projects to a higher level of quality and professionalism, demonstrating practical skills in editing software operation and application.
C2. Understand how the power of editing can enhance the visual appeal and engagement of multimedia content, applying this knowledge to create more attractive and effective communication materials.
C3. Recognize the link between image and sound in multimedia editing, allowing students to synchronize and combine audio and visual elements effectively.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present and communicate edited multimedia content professionally, showcasing strong visual and auditory communication skills, transferable to various media and communication contexts.
D2. Develop an adaptable and creative approach to problem-solving, cultivating key transferable skills in multimedia editing that can be applied to a range of projects and media platforms.
|
GD204 Introduction to 3D
(4) Credit Hours
This course provides an introduction to three-dimensional workflow with an emphasis on the use of 3D applications — starting from modeling, through texturing and lighting, ending with rendering the final output with high-quality photos and simple motion. The output of this course is an essential example that could be used in advertising, 3D animation, film making, visual effects, and game design purposes.
| Course Code |
GD204 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to 3D |
| Pre-requisite |
GD201 (2D Animation) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course provides an introduction to three-dimensional workflow with an emphasis on the use of 3D applications — starting from modeling, through texturing and lighting, ending with rendering the final output with high-quality photos and simple motion. The output of this course is an essential example that could be used in advertising, 3D animation, film making, visual effects, and game design purposes. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Enable the student to understand the key terms used in the 3D world and 3D animation.
• Enable the students to gain a solid practical exercise in using 3D applications with intended results.
• Help the students express their ideas clearly in 3D form and dig deeper into the rest of 3D production workflow whether for movies or games.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Define the key terms of 3D workflow.
A2. Recognize the role of 3D applications in different media production types.
A3. Identify the limitations and ethical and legal considerations related to being influenced by others' works in 3D modeling.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Determine the suitable modeling technique for each product type and form.
B2. Understand the available alternatives for 3D shader types.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Design virtual 3D backgrounds with different light moods.
C2. Render high-quality images with optimized settings.
C3. Produce an animated 3D element in movie format.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present the final produced motion in the proper quality.
D2. Plan a 3D movie for a simple production.
|
GD209 Typography II
(4) Credit Hours
This course is a continuation of Typography I (GD105). Students learn to develop and refine the skills acquired in Typography I: the reading systems, type aesthetics, grid systems, point and pica measuring systems, golden ratio, gestalt principles, design principles, typographic hierarchy, typographic expressions, sequence and meaning, problem-solving techniques and processes, function, value and quality of typefaces. The course provides students with the necessary knowledge to combine visual imagery and texts, design and use type in digital design applications. The course enhances skills, knowledge and creative thinking techniques essential for fulfilling the objectives of this module.
| Course Code |
GD209 |
| Course Title |
Typography II |
| Pre-requisite |
Typography I (GD105) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course is a continuation of Typography I (GD105). Students learn to develop and refine the skills acquired in Typography I: the reading systems, type aesthetics, grid systems, point and pica measuring systems, golden ratio, gestalt principles, design principles, typographic hierarchy, typographic expressions, sequence and meaning, problem-solving techniques and processes, function, value and quality of typefaces. The course provides students with the necessary knowledge to combine visual imagery and texts, design and use type in digital design applications. The course enhances skills, knowledge and creative thinking techniques essential for fulfilling the objectives of this module. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Build upon the concepts acquired in Typography I and develop advanced knowledge of theories, concepts, and communication skills.
• Practice the regular typographic grid design, as well as the irregular and complex grid formats.
• Learn to design more complex layout systems to produce creative typographic work while applying constructive criticism.
• Examine how visual and text messages can be shaped and presented for various types of communication design.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Recognize typographic concepts, including grid systems, point and pica measuring systems, gestalt principles, design principles, and typographic hierarchy, showcasing a comprehensive grasp of the theoretical and historical aspects of typography.
A2. Define advanced typographic theories and concepts, including the golden ratio, typographic expressions, and the relationship between sequence and meaning, illustrating an in-depth knowledge of the nuanced aspects of typography.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Gain the creative thinking process through creating sophisticated typographic designs within static and dynamic media, highlighting the ability to think critically and conceptually about type's role in communicating ideas and concepts effectively.
B2. Analyze techniques and processes in complex typographic projects, demonstrating the capacity to synthesize creative and practical solutions for challenging design scenarios.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop proficiency in designing advanced typographic layouts within various design spaces for diverse communication purposes, mastering the use of regular and irregular typographic grids to create visually compelling and communicative typographic work.
C2. Practice constructive criticism in the evaluation and refinement of typographic designs, fostering the ability to provide and receive feedback effectively within a professional design context.
C3. Apply typographic principles and knowledge to digital design platforms, demonstrating practical skills in utilizing typography within the realm of digital communication and graphic design.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present and communicate complex typographic ideas and designs effectively to diverse audiences, enhancing visual communication and presentation skills suitable for a professional design environment.
D2. Develop observation and critical thinking, allowing students to address and solve multifaceted design problems and adapt to the evolving demands of the design industry.
|
GD222 Branding
(4) Credit Hours
The philosophy and practice of developing brand identity is addressed throughout the course by highlighting critical thinking, problem solving and decision-making skills. Students will learn skills that will help build brand strategies and develop them all the way through.
Branding & Identity design:
This part of the course goes into a more practical, hands-on approach. The students will learn about the importance of a brand image, the design process, and the impact the brand has on the consumers. The students will be introduced to the various mediums, tools, and skills they can put to use in order to excel in the presentations of their ideas and projects.
| Course Code |
GD222 |
| Course Title |
Branding |
| Pre-requisite |
GD209 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The philosophy and practice of developing brand identity is addressed throughout the course by highlighting critical thinking, problem solving and decision-making skills. Students will learn skills that will help build brand strategies and develop them all the way through.
Branding & Identity design:
This part of the course goes into a more practical, hands-on approach. The students will learn about the importance of a brand image, the design process, and the impact the brand has on the consumers. The students will be introduced to the various mediums, tools, and skills they can put to use in order to excel in the presentations of their ideas and projects.
|
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Develop in students the skills to handle a branding project.
• Teach students brand values, brand concepts, voice and tone, brand identity, archetypes, and their application to brand elements and promotional items.
• Enable students to create a complete visual identity and visual system through a series of digital and print pieces.
• Lead students to develop a professional campaign.
• Help students prepare for future pitching and presentation opportunities.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Describe the key principles and concepts of brand identity and branding strategies, including the construction of brand value, core elements of branding, and the significance of brand identity in communication and promotion.
A2. Define the importance of brand image and its impact on consumer behavior, elucidating the theoretical underpinnings that connect brand design and consumer perception.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Gain critical thinking and problem‑solving skills to develop and evaluate brand strategies, demonstrating the ability to analyze complex branding challenges and make informed decisions to address them effectively.
B2. Analyze the design process for creating brand identities, distinguishing how to conceptualize, plan, and execute comprehensive brand visual systems that communicate brand values and concepts convincingly.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Create brand elements and promotional materials and demonstrate proficiency in using various mediums and tools to enhance brand presentations.
C2. Apply project‑based learning to handle branding projects from start to finish using appropriate materials, processes, techniques, and technology.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present and communicate branding concepts and visual identities effectively to diverse audiences, fostering strong visual communication and presentation skills.
D2. Present design work in a polished and professional manner, ensuring readiness for future professional endeavors in the field of graphic and multimedia design.
|
GD305 Internship & Portfolio
(4) Credit Hours
This course offers students a valuable opportunity to equip themselves for the professional world. Throughout the duration of the course, students will engage in a comprehensive design project, showcasing their work through various mediums. They will have the chance to create and establish their personal brand, encompassing elements such as visual identity, resume, cover letter, and business cards, with the goal of preparing for job interviews or graduate school applications. Moreover, students will learn how to effectively present their work across different platforms and will be guided in setting up a LinkedIn/Behance account to enhance their professional visibility. Additionally, students will be required to either complete a 45-hour internship in a workplace setting, further enriching their practical experience, or participate in an art exhibition or a film festival.
| Course Code |
GD305 |
| Course Title |
Internship & Portfolio |
| Pre-requisite |
Branding (GD222) / 3D Environments and Effects (GA302) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course offers students a valuable opportunity to equip themselves for the professional world. Throughout the duration of the course, students will engage in a comprehensive design project, showcasing their work through various mediums. They will have the chance to create and establish their personal brand, encompassing elements such as visual identity, resume, cover letter, and business cards, with the goal of preparing for job interviews or graduate school applications. Moreover, students will learn how to effectively present their work across different platforms and will be guided in setting up a LinkedIn/Behance account to enhance their professional visibility. Additionally, students will be required to either complete a 45-hour internship in a workplace setting, further enriching their practical experience, or participate in an art exhibition or a film festival. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Curate projects for a graphic design portfolio, showcasing skills vital for employment.
• Utilize diverse presentation techniques for impactful display of work.
• Produce professional, high-quality pieces reflecting expertise and professionalism on Behance (a portfolio-based platform).
• Create a cohesive personal brand across resume, cover letter, portfolio materials, and LinkedIn account.
• Evaluate strengths, weaknesses, aspirations, explore career paths, and prepare for job applications and interviews.
• Stay updated on industry trends, current events, and relevant skills fostering professional growth.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Identify the components of a presentation portfolio, including a Behance account, personal branding elements, resume, cover letter, and LinkedIn account.
A2. Recognize how to apply classroom theories and concepts effectively in practical projects.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyze visual messages conveyed through different communication channels.
B2. Analyze and evaluate elements that define successful designs.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Apply the elements and principles of design covered in previous classes to create diverse images showcasing proficiency in essential layout skills.
C2. Use a range of design tools, displaying extensive knowledge of available resources and their application.
C3. Apply creative and critical thinking to develop strategies for effectively communicating the core values of one's work.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Organize and communicate effectively to enhance presentation and ideation skills.
D2. Develop a presentation to present design work effectively.
|
GD306 Digital Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
This module is important for business, with a focus on how technology is changing the way companies promote and sell their products and services. Students will learn how to plan and use different digital media platforms to create a marketing campaign, measure the impact of digital marketing, and gain insight into upcoming trends that will impact the future growth of digital marketing.
| Course Code |
GD306 |
| Course Title |
Digital Marketing |
| Pre-requisite |
GD106 – Design Thinking & Research Methodology |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module is important for business, with a focus on how technology is changing the way companies promote and sell their products and services. Students will learn how to plan and use different digital media platforms to create a marketing campaign, measure the impact of digital marketing, and gain insight into upcoming trends that will impact the future growth of digital marketing. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Provide students with the essential knowledge of creating a digital marketing plan.
• Develop their creative thinking to manage digital marketing performance efficiently and build better customer relationships.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Explain the different forms of digital marketing channels and impending trends that will affect the industry's future growth.
A2. Define and understand the target group, including demographics, psychographics, and behavior.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Gain the creative thinking process through market research and how to use data to optimize campaigns and make data-driven decisions.
B2. Analyze the digital marketing environment, including consumer behavior, market trends, and competitors.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop creative ideas and create compelling visuals and multimedia content.
C2. Create a digital marketing plan, taking into consideration the available budget.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present and visualize ideas clearly in presentation discussions.
D2. Develop communication skills in order to interact with clients and present data and ideas.
|
GD307-A Graduation Project Part 1
(4) Credit Hours
This module is the first phase of the graduation project that aims to guide the students to their graduation topic, showcasing the accumulation and manifestation of all the knowledge and skills the students have gathered from the academic program in graphics and multimedia. The graduation project is based on the student's own personal interests; it may include a range of multimedia elements such as graphics, animations, game design, branding, filmmaking, and videography.
It is a Studio-Based course culminating with developing students’ full awareness of graphic design business practices, methods, and techniques relevant to their discipline. Emphasis is placed on creativity and originality of ideas.
| Course Code |
GD307-A |
| Course Title |
Graduation Project Part 1 |
| Pre-requisite |
GD222 + GA302 + GA301 or GMT208 + GD312 + GMT312 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module is the first phase of the graduation project that aims to guide the students to their graduation topic, showcasing the accumulation and manifestation of all the knowledge and skills the students have gathered from the academic program in graphics and multimedia. The graduation project is based on the student's own personal interests; it may include a range of multimedia elements such as graphics, animations, game design, branding, filmmaking, and videography.
It is a Studio-Based course culminating with developing students’ full awareness of graphic design business practices, methods, and techniques relevant to their discipline. Emphasis is placed on creativity and originality of ideas.
|
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
Advance students' ability to complete research and apply it to a graphic design project.Design and present a self-initiated design project.Present a proper design problem and design strategy.Have ability to express visually and orally work in efficient way
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Achieve a higher level of detailed knowledge related to design principles, and cultural and professional context in the topic chosen for the graduation project.
A2. Explain the impact of current methodologies, technologies, and the value of market needs in creative industries to achieve compatible outcomes.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Gain creative thinking and communication skills through research to improve original ideas and provide a wide range of graphic design contexts.
B2. Analyze design solutions with newly emerging industry technologies to upgrade their creative projects.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Complete a design project which demonstrates the student's thesis and professionalism within legal and ethical work frames.
C2. Develop creative ideas and create compelling visuals and multimedia content to be produced in different formats for the appropriate audience.
C3. Plan and manage a major project, including time management and task/resource allocation, considering the available budget.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Present and visualize ideas clearly in presentations and meet deadlines by managing and prioritizing work independently or in a team.
D2. Develop communication skills to interact effectively in various formats (written, oral, and visual presentations) and elaborate data and ideas.
|
GD307-B Graduation Project Part 2
(4) Credit Hours
This module is the second phase of the graduation project. Students, at this phase, will apply their chosen topics into a concise report and a series of direct applications. Through academic investigation and applying different research and design methodologies, the students are expected to come up with a complete visual communication project. All the design process and research will be materialized in a concise final report and a complete series of designed visual elements.
| Course Code |
GD307-B |
| Course Title |
Graduation Project Part 2 |
| Pre-requisite |
GD307-A – Graduation Project Part 1 (plus GA304) |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module is the second phase of the graduation project. Students, at this phase, will apply their chosen topics into a concise report and a series of direct applications. Through academic investigation and applying different research and design methodologies, the students are expected to come up with a complete visual communication project. All the design process and research will be materialized in a concise final report and a complete series of designed visual elements. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Implementation of the proposed design strategy and demonstrating the resulting value addition.
• Integration of a complete design experience, including the necessity to design a complete set of designs, integrate knowledge, and exercise design judgement.
• Complete the creative project brief.
• Apply the design strategies of the selected topic.
• Document projects professionally for inclusion in a portfolio.
• Present a clear, concise presentation, both visually and orally.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Achieve a higher level of detailed knowledge of their graduation project according to the standards of professional competence.
A2. Describe the impact and value of the creative process by applying visual communication principles, theories, methodologies, techniques and appropriate tools.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Gain and analyse the creative thinking process of visual communication in various user-centred design contexts.
B2. Analyse an appropriate range of solutions to design problems based on established design principles and industry standards.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Demonstrate creativity and technical proficiency in documentation and communication of design ideas and concepts using professional materials and updated techniques to produce visual products in different formats.
C2. Apply problem-solving skills to identify gaps, insights and generate solutions using professional tools.
C3. Apply time-management techniques to organize study time and resources.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Conduct and present, in a clear and structured manner, literature and research findings in an appropriate academic form of communication.
D2. Communicate effectively and make visual and spoken presentations.
D3. Manage and develop workflows that are effective in multidisciplinary collaborative contexts.
|
GD312 Packaging Design
(4) Credit Hours
Development of three-dimensional design solutions related to the presentation of objects and products. Students explore structural, production, and visual communicational aspects of packaging design.
| Course Code |
GD312 |
| Course Title |
Packaging Design |
| Pre-requisite |
GD222 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
Development of three-dimensional design solutions related to the presentation of objects and products. Students explore structural, production, and visual communicational aspects of packaging design. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
Develop comprehension of the packaging design process: from creator, artefact, receiver/viewer.Cultivate an experimental approach to packaging design. To foster an integrated packaging design practice that combines aesthetic and practical skills.Enhance critical and imaginative powers, understanding, experience and judgement whilst honing problem-solving, project management and leadership abilities.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1 Identify the principles and concepts of packaging design, including its role in branding, marketing, and different types of packaging materials,A2 Recognize the structural design elements and techniques used in packaging, such as die-cutting, folding, and assembly
B. Cognitive skills:
B1 Gain critical thinking and problem-solving skills to create innovative and visually appealing packaging designs that meet functional requirements and aesthetic considerations.
B2 Gain the ability to think conceptually and communicate ideas visually through sketches, mood boards, and mock-ups to effectively convey design concepts
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1 Demonstrate the technical proficiency in industry-standard graphic design software and tools used for packaging design, such as Adobe Illustrator, Photoshop, or 3D modeling software.
C2 Apply typography principles and skills to create legible and visually appealing text elements within packaging designs.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Enhance communication and presentation skills through clear articulation of design concepts and rationales to clients, peers, and stakeholders.
|
GMT112 Design History and Visual Language
(4) Credit Hours
Graphic images have been used from prehistory to the computer age. A lecture-discussion format presents the historical context for the graphic arts of calligraphy, typography, book design, diagramming, and illustration. Emphasis on the relationship of these applied arts to the fine arts, technology, and social history, as well as the application of this visual language to contemporary design problems.
| Course Code |
GMT112 |
| Course Title |
Design History and Visual Language |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
Graphic images have been used from prehistory to the computer age. A lecture-discussion format presents the historical context for the graphic arts of calligraphy, typography, book design, diagramming, and illustration. Emphasis on the relationship of these applied arts to the fine arts, technology, and social history, as well as the application of this visual language to contemporary design problems. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Understand of the main movements in the cultural and historical context of graphic design.
• Provide students with good knowledge of the professional uses of illustration techniques in publishing, marketing, art and design.
• Identify appropriate sources of help and guidance to build necessary skills for self-directed learning.
• Reflect on one's own skills and develop a sustainable plan for continuing career development on graduation.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Recognize the significant contributions of graphic design to various fields such as advertising, publishing, branding, and visual communication.
A2. Identify the historical development of graphic design, including key movements, styles, and influential figures.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Critically analyze and interpret graphic design artifacts, recognizing the underlying principles and design elements employed.
B2. Evaluate and compare different approaches and techniques used in graphic design throughout history, considering their effectiveness and relevance.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop strong critical thinking and analytical skills, enabling the evaluation and interpretation of visual materials and historical narratives.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Develop effective research and presentation skills to effectively communicate the historical context, significance, and impact of graphic design projects.
D2. Enhance communication skills through the effective articulation of complex ideas, both orally and in written form, within the context of graphic design history.
|
GMT203 Introduction to Media Production
(4) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to Media Production addresses the need for ever more highly skilled graduates who are grounded in the technical realities of film, television, creative media, industrial partnerships and project-based collaborations which demand an increasingly fluid and mobile workforce.
| Course Code |
GMT203 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Media Production |
| Pre-requisite |
GD102 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course introduces students to Media Production addresses the need for ever more highly skilled graduates who are grounded in the technical realities of film, television, creative media, industrial partnerships and project-based collaborations which demand an increasingly fluid and mobile workforce. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
The course aims at providing students with fundamental concepts and overview of Media Production, including the pre-production (budgeting and script writing), production (lighting, shooting and sound recording) and post-production (visual/audio editing, compositing and special effects) processes. This course provides an understanding of the overall processes in the media production industry; and allows students to apply directing and production skills to produce a short digital video.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Describe media production processes and the technologies used in each stage.
A2. Recognize the roles and responsibilities of every member in the production team.
A3. Understand the functions of producing, scriptwriting, directing, shooting, and editing.
A4. Demonstrate the use of graphics, animation, and special effects in media production.
B1. Planning for media production projects.
B2. Makeup media production team.
B3.Breakdown script for production.
B4. Follow up with the team of production members.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Use a range of basic technical skills in media production.
C2.Work to a tight deadline and display good project management skills.
C3.Creating UX deliverables
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Enhance attention to detail and organizational skills when managing multiple audio files, project timelines, and resources within Adobe Premiere.
D2. Develop adaptability and flexibility to adjust sound elements based on feedback and changing project requirements.
|
GMT208 Advertising
(4) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to fundamental principles of advertising, emphasizing critical and cultural awareness related to advertising and skills. This course offers students a broad overview of the field of business research, with a focus on its marketing components. Whether relating to customers, consumers, the general public, or other stakeholders, market research enables us to specify the information required to address an entire range of marketing-related problems. Students completing this module should be more confident in their ability to formulate, research, and address any form of advertising and marketing problem.
| Course Code |
GMT208 |
| Course Title |
Advertising |
| Pre-requisite |
GD222 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course introduces students to fundamental principles of advertising, emphasizing critical and cultural awareness related to advertising and skills. This course offers students a broad overview of the field of business research, with a focus on its marketing components. Whether relating to customers, consumers, the general public, or other stakeholders, market research enables us to specify the information required to address an entire range of marketing-related problems. Students completing this module should be more confident in their ability to formulate, research, and address any form of advertising and marketing problem. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
Provide a distinctive and contemporary program of study, that provides a learning environment where students with differing profiles and aspirations can realize their creative, academic and professional potential.Produce graduates equipped with a range of technical, intellectual, creative professional skills appropriate for the requirements of the photo-imaging sector, which allow them to shape their futures and make a significant and positive impact in the creative industries.
Provide opportunities for professional engagement and vocational work-based learning through effective industry liaison and collaborative partnerships, providing students with specialist knowledge and skills, and opportunities to pursue their career ambitions in a range of commercial contexts.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Articulate their understanding of own creative identity, values and aspirations within the context of current commercial photographic practice the wider creative industries.
A2. Demonstrate detailed subject knowledge and a synthesized understanding of the relationship between theory and practice as they interpret, analyze and evaluate critical approaches to creative practice.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Engage in both formal and informal approaches to critically evaluating own and others work and demonstrate ability to respond positively and professionally to informed criticism.
B2. Take risks and experiment with other speculative processes, making constructive use of results, both successful and unsuccessful, and recognize these as vital to the creative process and ongoing developments in own personal visual language.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Devise appropriate and creative practical solutions in response to the problems posed by both self-initiated and client briefs, and present the work to the professional standards required.
C2. Research, evaluate and contextualize their own area of practice informed by key ideas and theories, applying appropriate academic conventions and utilizing a range of appropriate research methods.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Demonstrate confident communication skills, which evidence knowledge and understanding of critical, cultural, contextual and professional discourse, within a commercial photographic context.
D2. Demonstrate and apply entrepreneurial skills in advertising and marketing and self-promotion to create opportunities and facilitate the development of a sustainable commercial photographic practice.
|
GMT309 Sound Production for Mixed Media
(4) Credit Hours
This course will help the students to acquire the technical knowledge and set procedures required of professional sound recordists and mixers in a wide range of field productions. The course covers all of the necessary equipment, set procedures and techniques for recording and mixing sound in the field. There are lectures, demonstrations and hands-on field exercises. Students develop their own sound aesthetic and learn how to work with various microphones, digital recorders, booms and support equipment to create a 'sound environment' for a variety of film and video productions.
| Course Code |
GMT309 |
| Course Title |
Sound Production for Mixed Media |
| Pre-requisite |
GMT203 – Introduction to Media Production |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course will help the students to acquire the technical knowledge and set procedures required of professional sound recordists and mixers in a wide range of field productions. The course covers all of the necessary equipment, set procedures and techniques for recording and mixing sound in the field. There are lectures, demonstrations and hands-on field exercises. Students develop their own sound aesthetic and learn how to work with various microphones, digital recorders, booms and support equipment to create a 'sound environment' for a variety of film and video productions. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
Show an awareness and understanding of Perception of sound, sound effects, music.Have knowledge of Literal and Nonliteral Sound Combinations, inner and outer orientation of sound, elements of sound, sound and noise, and aesthetics factors in a relation to the Context.Identify appropriate sources of help and guidance to build necessary skills for self-directed learning.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Identify the principles and concepts of sound production in graphic design.
A2. Acquire knowledge about the different types of audio formats, codecs, and their appropriate usage.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Recognize the technical aspects of sound editing, including sound levels, equalization, and audio synchronization.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Acquire proficiency in using Adobe Audition to import, edit, and manipulate sound files for graphic design projects.
C2. Develop technical skills to clean, enhance, and optimize audio quality through noise reduction, audio restoration, and mixing techniques.
C3. Gain practical experience in designing soundscapes and audio branding elements that complement visual design and convey the desired message effectively.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Improve communication skills by effectively collaborating with team members, clients, and stakeholders to understand sound requirements and deliver satisfactory outcomes.
D2. Enhance attention to detail and organizational skills when managing multiple audio files, project timelines, and resources.
D3. Develop adaptability and flexibility to adjust sound elements based on feedback and changing project requirements.
|
GMT312 Motion Graphic (2)
(4) Credit Hours
This module offers advanced motion methods, and this course is intended to help students improve their compositions and proceed to the next level of motion graphics, by using visual effects and film composition in production and how to utilize the motion graphics application with other applications to post the final production.
| Course Code |
GMT312 |
| Course Title |
Motion Graphic (2) |
| Pre-requisite |
GD107 – Motion Graphic, GMT203 – Introduction to Media Production |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module offers advanced motion methods, and this course is intended to help students improve their compositions and proceed to the next level of motion graphics, by using visual effects and film composition in production and how to utilize the motion graphics application with other applications to post the final production. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
The student will learn how to arrange animations using natural geometric proportions.Deal with complexityCreate amazing transitions in this session.Post the final film production.Use color correction and color grading.Use visual effects and apply them in the context of production.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Recognize visual communication theories as well as key principles and techniques for creating motion graphic sequences.
A2. Demonstrate knowledge of motion graphics production processes and technical issues in accordance with industry practitioners.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Explain the importance of motion graphics in the post-production and VFX process, and reaffirm the connection between theory and practice.
B2. Compare and contrast various techniques in professional workflows using software and apps as a foundation for professional experience.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Use appropriate digital production methods to apply ideas and skills in creating motion graphics works.
C2. Practice and apply techniques for solving communication problems in motion design, using appropriate software.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Communicate effectively in a working group and complete the workflow of post-production.
|
GMT314 Interactive Design
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces interaction design, focusing on how images, typography, and icons on a website, app, or service supplement the words on the page to communicate information to the user. Students also explore the influence of hardware on user behavior when interacting with digital interfaces.
| Course Code |
GMT314 |
| Course Title |
Interactive Design |
| Pre-requisite |
GD202 – UX/UI |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces interaction design, focusing on how images, typography, and icons on a website, app, or service supplement the words on the page to communicate information to the user. Students also explore the influence of hardware on user behavior when interacting with digital interfaces. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Understand what makes design effective, usable, and ultimately successful.
• Leverage user research techniques to elicit correct requirements and compile features that create real opportunities for product success.
• Create successful designs that cater to user needs, tackle existing pain points, and provide a pleasant overall experience.
• Apply interaction design and user experience heuristics to tackle diverse design challenges.
• Exercise best practices in page design to promote clarity, coherence, and aesthetics.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Keep up-to-date knowledge of interactive design.
A2. Understand the principles of good communication.
A3. Understand user desires, needs, and beliefs within each UI context.
A4. Plan ahead to improve or create experiences that serve the user's goals.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Understand UI, UX, IA principles, processes, and research methodologies.
B2. Learn methodologies for user experience design.
B3. Understand coherence, scale, and balance in design.
B4. Understand color and typography and incorporate multimedia components in design.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Compile design criteria.
C2. Exercise prototyping and testing.
C3. Create UX deliverables.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Understand what makes designs effective, usable, and ultimately successful.
D2. Practice UX design processes.
D3. Apply prototyping basics.
|
GPR101 Playgramming
(4) Credit Hours
This is an introductory module for programming related to graphic and game design covering computer programming. Students will be provided with fundamental knowledge and skills necessary for exploration, experimentation, and creating art and design pieces with code. Students will be able to implement concepts and techniques of computation and apply them to projects.
| Course Code |
GPR101 |
| Course Title |
Playgramming |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 (English Communication Skills I) – GT101 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This is an introductory module for programming related to graphic and game design covering computer programming. Students will be provided with fundamental knowledge and skills necessary for exploration, experimentation, and creating art and design pieces with code. Students will be able to implement concepts and techniques of computation and apply them to projects. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Provide the students with essential knowledge in programming in relation to graphic and game design.
• Apply basic knowledge and skills for the programming workflow to create and build simple projects.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Define the computer programming concepts within the context of the visual arts.
A2. Recognize different development technologies related to various media types.
A3. Identify the potential opportunities provided by the technological methods to achieve a quality output relating to graphic and game design.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Recognize and identify a variety of techniques, methods, and tools in the development of project workflows.
B2. Analyze the process workflow of a code project in a creative context.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Develop problem-solving skills and manage a working plan and schedule for their own projects.
C2. Apply skills and knowledge of the programming software to create active visual projects.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Manage and plan a semester-long Playgramming project.
|
GPR303 Virtual Worlds and Online Communities
(4) Credit Hours
Virtual worlds are interactive, simulated environments. They often accept human input and provide output in the form of images, sounds, and forces. This course presents an overview of virtual worlds, including history, technology, methodologies, and applications.
| Course Code |
GPR303 |
| Course Title |
Virtual Worlds and Online Communities |
| Pre-requisite |
GPR101 – Playgramming, GA207 – Understanding Game Engines |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
Virtual worlds are interactive, simulated environments. They often accept human input and provide output in the form of images, sounds, and forces. This course presents an overview of virtual worlds, including history, technology, methodologies, and applications. |
| Course Objectives |
Aims of the course:
• Define the term virtual worlds.
• Identify examples of virtual world platforms.
• Know the essentials of how to make 2D and 3D games and simulations.
• Conceive virtual worlds, planning and implementing them in the form of interactive graphics applications.
• Learn the most fundamental and useful techniques and design patterns for modeling, rendering, and controlling simulated game environments.
• Professionally document their projects for inclusion in a portfolio.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding:
A1. Identify various practical applications for virtual reality technologies in human interaction/communication.
A2. Describe the origin of virtual reality technology and identify its unique features as compared with earlier communications media.
A3. identify the characteristics of virtual environment elements.
B. Cognitive skills:
B1. Analyse, differentiate, and evaluate the differences between current virtual reality devices as well as their respective environments, uses, perils, and promise.
B2. Interact with the future of virtual reality technologies and considerations needed for creating, maintaining, and interacting with such technologies.
C. Practical and professional skills:
C1. Apply various design and technology techniques in accordance with the social and ethical implications of virtual worlds technology.
C2. Conceive virtual worlds, planning and implementing them in the form of interactive graphics applications.
D. Key transferable skills:
D1. Document projects professionally for inclusion in a portfolio.
D2. Participate in collaborative design projects to find creative and innovative solutions to real-world problems.
|
GT101 Learning and Information Technology
(3) Credit Hours
Learning and Information Technology is a fundamental module for all students enrolled in Arab Open University. It provides students a college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills. It also provides students with a broad introduction to computing and Information Technology concepts and principles.
| Course Code |
GT101 |
| Course Title |
Learning and Information Technology |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
Learning and Information Technology is a fundamental module for all students enrolled in Arab Open University. It provides students a college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills. It also provides students with a broad introduction to computing and Information Technology concepts and principles. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
- Introduce e-Learning concepts such as meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources.
- Help students to develop their understanding about flexible learning.
- Prepare the student for further academic studies by helping them develop their study skills.
- Enhance student’s knowledge about basic computer system applications, big data, IoT and AI.
- Familiarize with the basic concepts of Information Technology: Internet, Web, and Systems.
- Introduce students to the concepts of security and ethics.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to:
- Define the different learning styles.
- Describe the differences between conventional and blended-learning education systems.
- Understand how to create learning opportunities that are adapted to learners.
- Understand the development of learning strategies to promote effective learning.
- Explain the Web and Internet inventions.
- Explain different parts in computer system.
- Explain different terms in digital communication such as network, connectivity, wireless, server, client and IoT.
- Describe the e-commerce and big data.
- Understand clearly the difference between privacy and security.
- Describe what are computer ethics and computer crime.
B. Cognitive skills
Students will be able to: - Learn by themselves and describe the difference between learning styles.
- Apply problem-solving techniques.
- Compare different learning strategies.
- Apply skills needed for effective learning.
- Use an understanding of individual and group behavior to create an active learning environment.
- Deal with computer problems.
- Describe the Web and search engines.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students will be able to:
- Read analytically and critically for learning and avoid plagiarisms.
- Connect and surf the internet, search using the search engines and send and receive email, and share files in a secure way, and avoid computer crime and use computer ethically.
- Organize and manage a plan for optimal learning.
- Enhance the learning environment by incorporating the use of technological equipment.
- Operate the computer system properly and interact with applications and programs confidently.
- Communicate with others electronically (Email, instant messaging, blogs, microblogs and wikis) and Initiate a transaction electronically (e-commerce) in a secure way and use the social media in the process of learning and communication with others.
D. Key transferable skills
Students will be able to:
- Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques.
- Working in groups using the LMS system and course forum online and contribute to discussions on a conference using instant messaging.
- Improve own learning and performance.
- Work independently, scheduling (schedule) tasks and mange time effectively.
- Utilize effective environments for learning.
- Take responsibility for personal and professional learning.
- Manage learning time effectively.
|
M109 .NET Programming
(3) Credit Hours
This module is intended to introduce and present the fundamental skills that are required to design and develop object-oriented programs and applications in .NET Framework
| Course Code |
M109 |
| Course Title |
.NET Programming |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
This module is intended to introduce and present the fundamental skills that are required to design and develop object-oriented programs and applications in .NET Framework |
| Course Objectives |
- To understand the .NET framework architecture.
- To provide students with a range of skills to analyze a problem and construct a .NET program that solves it.
- To provide the principles of object oriented programming.
- To implement object-oriented concepts in .NET environment.
- To understand the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment
- To develop .NET applications using the selected programming language.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Explain .NET Platform.
- Describe data types, variables, constants, operators and built-in functions in the selected .NET programming language.
- Discuss decision-making and looping statements.
- Explain object oriented concepts such as classes, objects and methods.
- Describe the features of object oriented programming such as Inheritance and Polymorphism.
- Explain the concept of arrays.
- Identify errors and different types of exceptions in a .NET program.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Develop appropriate programs in .NET framework.
- Apply object oriented concepts in .NET framework.
- Test and debug a .NET program
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Develop programming skills in .NET platform.
- Use variables, constants, operators, built-in functions, methods and arrays in a .NET program.
- Write codes in a .NET programming language that make use of structured programming constructs of sequence, selection and repetition.
- Apply classes, objects and other object oriented concepts such as inheritance and polymorphism in a .NET program.
- Test and debug .NET programs.
- Use the Visual Studio IDE to build .NET applications using the selected .NET programming language.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Collaborate effectively within a group using electronic conferencing techniques.
- Facilitate discussions in a conference.
- Develop self- learning and performance.
- Discuss about testing strategies, design, and code.
- Use electronic media (the web and electronic conferencing) for information retrieval and communication.
|
M110 Python Programming
(8) Credit Hours
This module is an introductory level programming module that is meant to provide a foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve problems. Thereafter, students will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Python). This module serves as the foundation for higher-level modules.
| Course Code |
M110 |
| Course Title |
Python Programming |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module is an introductory level programming module that is meant to provide a foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve problems. Thereafter, students will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Python). This module serves as the foundation for higher-level modules. |
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to: • Help student to develop their understanding of the available techniques of designing / solving different problems using pseudocode. • Explore a variety of algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life. • Enhance student’s knowledge about implementing solutions to problems in a visual programming using Python. • Provide the students with the required skills to possess the programming skills. • Prepare the student for further academic study by helping him develop his study skills.
|
| Course Outcomes |
| A. Knowledge and understanding | After studying the module, learners will be able to: - Understand the design and programming processes.
- Know how to implement solutions to problems using Python programming language.
- Understand the techniques used in developing a medium Python application.
- Understand of the basic data structures.
- Appreciate the implications of object-oriented software analysis and design.
| | B. Cognitive skills | At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Describe and apply key concepts and techniques in software design and development.
- Design and formulate an appropriate solution to a problem and evaluate it.
- Deal professionally with the basic data structures.
- Carry out a project in computing and IT that applies and extends student's knowledge and understanding, and critically reflect on the processes involved and the outcomes of learner's work
| | C. Practical and professional skills | At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Assemble, program, develop, and evaluate software systems.
- Use software tools for good design and programming practice.
- Use appropriate numerical and mathematical skills to carry out calculations and analyze data.
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving learner's own learning.
| | D Key transferable skills | At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Evaluate computing and IT systems, using appropriate simulation and modelling tools where appropriate
- Use a range of resources to help him develop as an independent learner.
- Use information literacy skills, computers, and software packages appropriate to the workplace.
- Use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills.
|
|
M115 Python for ML and DS
(3) Credit Hours
Python is a powerful cross-platform and open-source programming language that is very popular in the fields of data analysis and machine learning, finance, and web development. It is a versatile language and platform that contains the most mature package libraries around. This module is intended to provide students with a good understanding of Python programming language starting from understanding the fundamental features of the Python programming language and writing procedural, object oriented and functional programs, covering main Python packages (Built in, imported) for data science and Machine learning. Students will learn how to use Python to solve real world data science problems including statistical analysis and computational techniques. Students will be shown the special features of Python that makes it especially useful and productive to support the full pipeline of Machine Learning and Data Analysis Scientist.
| Course Code |
M115 |
| Course Title |
Python for ML and DS |
| Pre-requisite |
|
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
Python is a powerful cross-platform and open-source programming language that is very popular in the fields of data analysis and machine learning, finance, and web development. It is a versatile language and platform that contains the most mature package libraries around. This module is intended to provide students with a good understanding of Python programming language starting from understanding the fundamental features of the Python programming language and writing procedural, object oriented and functional programs, covering main Python packages (Built in, imported) for data science and Machine learning. Students will learn how to use Python to solve real world data science problems including statistical analysis and computational techniques. Students will be shown the special features of Python that makes it especially useful and productive to support the full pipeline of Machine Learning and Data Analysis Scientist.
|
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to enable the students to:
• Explore the Python packages and to develop new specially designed libraries.
• Use the power of Python to gather data, discover data, analyse data, create beautiful visualizations. And use powerful machine learning algorithms including training, tuning, validation, testing and launching.
• Developing methods of recording, storing, and analysing data to effectively extract useful information and to explore some basic machine learning concepts and load data to make predictions
• Demonstrate skills in technical report writing for data analysis and machine learning models and projects.
• Work with different data representations including basic data sources and formats, xlsx., CSV, XML, JSON, Databases using Python packages.
• Be confident working with data of different types and representing data for analysis and applying machine learning models through the forms of statistics, visualisations and storytelling.
• Feel comfortable to develop well-designed non-trivial Python applications to solve real life problems that use the available data in the age of communication and big data.
• Gain career skills in one of the world’s most popular programming languages
|
| Course Outcomes |
|
M140 Python Programming
(8) Credit Hours
"This module emphasizes the practical side of the subject introduction to statistics, along with the theoretical principles. Open sources software and calculators are used to analyze data and develop students’ understanding of statistical concepts. The module covers exploratory methods for summarising data, examining relationships, randomness and sampling distributions, probability, testing hypotheses, and estimation. Students are assumed to have mathematical competencies at the beginners’ level.
| Course Code |
M140 |
| Course Title |
Python Programming |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
"This module emphasizes the practical side of the subject introduction to statistics, along with the theoretical principles. Open sources software and calculators are used to analyze data and develop students’ understanding of statistical concepts. The module covers exploratory methods for summarising data, examining relationships, randomness and sampling distributions, probability, testing hypotheses, and estimation. Students are assumed to have mathematical competencies at the beginners’ level.
|
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to: • Provide students with a framework that will help them choose the appropriate descriptive methods in various data analysis situations. • Analyse distributive and relationship of real-time data. • Make acquainted with concepts of random variables and find appropriate distribution for analyzing data specific to an experiment. • Develop an understanding of mathematical expectations and moment-generating functions. • Impart knowledge and understanding of discrete and continuous probability distributions. • Ensure the understanding of testing hypotheses, and estimation. • Demonstrate R programming statistical data.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Use a variety of methods for exploring, summarizing and presenting data.
- Realize methodologies for data analysis such as normal linear models, including simple regression.
- Define and the concepts and rules of Probability.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Apply mathematical and statistical manipulation and calculation on choices of model and analyses resulting from them.
- Assemble relevant information for proofs and construct appropriate mathematical arguments, and exercise judgment in selection and application of a wide range of mathematical and statistical tools and techniques.
- Create appropriate mathematical and statistical models and draw justifiable inferences.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Apply mathematical and statistical concepts and principles.
- Analyse and evaluate criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutions.
- Use information technology with confidence to acquire and present mathematical and statistical knowledge and data, to model and solve problems and to develop mathematical and statistical insight.
- Develop and use mathematical resources effectively with learners.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Apply statistical modelling and analysis techniques to a wide range of practical problems.
- Analyse and to evaluate practical problems involving statistical data and plan strategies for their solution.
- Use mathematical and statistical software with confidence.
- Communicate in writing about statistical and probability modelling, communicate relevant information accurately and effectively, using a form, structure and style that suits the purpose.
- Acquire further knowledge with little guidance or support.
|
M218 Relational Databases
(4) Credit Hours
Database technologies are integral part of most information systems and hence their study is of paramount importance. SQL (or Structured Query Language) is a powerful language which is used for communicating with and extracting data from databases. To become a data scientist, a working knowledge of databases and SQL is a requirement. The course aims to develop database skills based on a sound understanding and appropriate application of the underpinning theory. On completing the course students will understand database theory and practice when implementing a database to meet stated requirements.
| Course Code |
M218 |
| Course Title |
Relational Databases |
| Pre-requisite |
M110 & MT131 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
Database technologies are integral part of most information systems and hence their study is of paramount importance. SQL (or Structured Query Language) is a powerful language which is used for communicating with and extracting data from databases. To become a data scientist, a working knowledge of databases and SQL is a requirement. The course aims to develop database skills based on a sound understanding and appropriate application of the underpinning theory. On completing the course students will understand database theory and practice when implementing a database to meet stated requirements.
|
| Course Objectives |
In order to achieve this, the course aims to
- provide an explanation of the concepts underlying all relational databases as well as practical experience in applying the concepts in different situations.
- provide a theoretical basis for relations underpinning their application in relational databases.
- Design a conceptual data model using an entity-relationship diagram
- Convert the conceptual model to a valid relational representation
- Implement a data model in a RDBMS using standard SQL
- Develop an understanding of the database language SQL and ability to make complex queries.
- Develop an understanding of SQL security model and be able to implement security requirements.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Recognize and articulate the principles, concepts and techniques associated with relational databases and the process of database development.
- Demonstrate knowledge and understanding to design a data model using an entity-relationship diagram
- Develop an understanding of the database language SQL and ability to make complex queries
- Illustrate data models in a RDBMS using standard SQL
- Understand SQL security model and be able to implement security requirements.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will have developed the following cognitive skills: - Interpret and develop an Entity-Relationship (E-R) data model for a given set of requirements.
- Asses security threats and evaluate measures to counter them.
- Formulate SQL statements to retrieve and manage data.
- Design and develop practical database system, in particular, be able to discuss, explain, and apply the relational model and mappings from conceptual designs to normalized relational representations.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Create and manage a database in an SQL environment, including the manipulation and extraction of database content to meet requirements.
- Analyze a wide range of database design issues and provide solutions through suitable design, structures, diagrams, and other appropriate design methods.
- Apply legal and ethical principles of data management to database design, implementation and administration.
D. Key skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Communicate effectively in writing about databases technologies, using appropriate notations and terminology.
- Draw on a wide variety of materials in order to progress further learning.
- Organize their own learning to the point that they are ready to continue learning after they graduate.
|
M238 Data Visualization
(4) Credit Hours
Data Visualisation is an important aspect of Data Science that enables the extraction of useful and meaningful insights from data. All Data Science projects should use data visualisations to enrich them. All types of data visualisation techniques are important and help students and learners to extract better insights about the data. Applying data visualization techniques to difficult and challenging data analysis problems help in better understanding of these problems. This is a mandatory module in the Data Science programme.
| Course Code |
M238 |
| Course Title |
Data Visualization |
| Pre-requisite |
M110 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
Data Visualisation is an important aspect of Data Science that enables the extraction of useful and meaningful insights from data. All Data Science projects should use data visualisations to enrich them. All types of data visualisation techniques are important and help students and learners to extract better insights about the data. Applying data visualization techniques to difficult and challenging data analysis problems help in better understanding of these problems. This is a mandatory module in the Data Science programme.
|
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to give students:
• The skills necessary to be effective Data Storytellers. They will learn how to locate and download datasets, extract insights from that data and present their findings in a variety of different visual formats. Students will learn how to “connect the dots” in a dataset through visual data analysis and find the narrative thread that both explains what’s going on and engages their audience in a story about the data.
• The principles of how to tell data stories in different ways for different audiences and stakeholders.
• The key techniques and theory used in visualization, including data models, graphical perception and techniques for visual encoding and interaction.
• Exposure to a number of common data domains and corresponding analysis tasks, including multivariate data, networks, text and cartography.
• Practical experience building and evaluating visualization systems.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define data visualization (versus information graphics, or information visualization) and explain the differences in visualization purposes, from exhibitory to exploratory and explanatory.
- Identify the most appropriate visualization strategy given the result of a data analysis process and an intended communication objective.
- Identify instances where general guidelines should be broken, and provide practical and theoretically informed arguments supporting their design decisions.
- Identify deceptive usage of visual communication, or unintentionally misleading graphical representations of data (evidence).
- Demonstrate critical thinking skills associated with problem identification, problem solving and decision-making, assessing value propositions supported by data, and generating a logical synthesis of information from data.
- Understand how Cultures of Practice influence the way data may be collected, described, or formatted in order to align their own data management practices with those of their discipline.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Produce alternative visualizations for the same message, compare their relative strengths and weaknesses, and make a motivated choice for the preferred one given the intended communication outcome.
- Apply the most common techniques for analysing data, and also become more in-tune with ethical considerations and how not to visualize data.
- Merge approaches to visualization with design principles to reveal patterns in data and present information from a human-centred perspective.
- Use a range of analogue and digital tools and techniques to translate the meaning of data into comprehensible visual or experiential content.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Retrieve, select and evaluate information from a variety of sources.
- Explore methods for perpetually expanding the truthfulness of their models when abstracting data from the real world.
- Prepare professional business reports and make effective client reports of their work.
- Apply data visualization best practices to their work, including choosing the right chart type for the situation and avoiding visualization techniques that can mislead an audience.
- Properly document and organize data and visualizations in order to prepare them for reuse.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Follow a checklist of established design guidelines when building a visualization to account for human perception, communicating uncertainty, and reducing potential miscommunication.
- Generalize standard visualization techniques and customize them to better fit the visual literacy and/or intended communication outcome for a particular audience with domain-specific problems.
- Effectively communicate insights about data in various formats, including oral presentations, written reports and interactive visualizations.
- Communicate effectively through graphical presentations, the spoken word and written reports.
- Work as an individual to seek solutions to problems, with minimal guidance.
|
M251 Object Oriented Programming using Java
(8) Credit Hours
This module is intended to provide students a good understanding of object-oriented principles, including inheritance, polymorphism, class libraries, interacting objects, and the unified modelling language (UML). It uses the JAVA language to illustrate theses principles.
| Course Code |
M251 |
| Course Title |
Object Oriented Programming using Java |
| Pre-requisite |
TM105 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module is intended to provide students a good understanding of object-oriented principles, including inheritance, polymorphism, class libraries, interacting objects, and the unified modelling language (UML). It uses the JAVA language to illustrate theses principles. |
| Course Objectives |
- Introduce all aspects of object-oriented principles
- Identifying and implementing class relationships using abstract classes, interfaces and inheritance
- Provide knowledge in using simple UML class diagrams
- Describe how these concepts are implemented in java
- Provide knowledge in how to explore the JAVA API and to develop your own
- Provide the knowledge necessary to construct java programs
- Describe a number of the advanced facilities of java including exceptions
- Show how java can be used in developing non-trivial programs
- Introduce good design and programming practice
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module, the student will be able to demonstrate: - An understanding of the object-oriented principles
- Some knowledge of the main constructs and mechanisms in Java
- An appreciation of the implications of object oriented software analysis and design
- An understanding of the techniques used in developing a large Java program
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Describe and apply key concepts and techniques in software design and development
- Analyze and abstract away from the details of a problem
- Design and formulate an appropriate solution to a problem and evaluate it
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Assemble, program, develop, debug, test and evaluate software systems
- Use software tools such as a Java IDE
- Use good design and programming practice
- Develop and implement class relationships
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Find information from a range of sources to support a task
- Plan complex tasks
- Use new Java libraries
- Use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills
- Progress to more advanced level studies
|
M252 Internet Programming
(8) Credit Hours
The World Wide Web continues to serve as a foundation for the advancement of a wide range of increasingly influential and strategic technologies, supporting a wide range of private and public-sector applications and services. Hence, it is important to know how browsers, computers, and mobile devices interact with the web. The response to the question is your first step toward a deeper understanding of the internet and learning a new set of internet skills, with billions of websites now available. This module will foster web and mobile developing skills to design, create, and maintain appropriate solutions that meet the needs in our fast changing digital world. The module aims to equip students with the practical skills to integrate and implement client-side scripting language JavaScript, server–side PHP scripting language along with MySQL database system and hybrid mobile application development tools to create secure, dynamic web/mobile applications and master the web technologies necessary to develop a complete e-commerce solution.
| Course Code |
M252 |
| Course Title |
Internet Programming |
| Pre-requisite |
TM112 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
The World Wide Web continues to serve as a foundation for the advancement of a wide range of increasingly influential and strategic technologies, supporting a wide range of private and public-sector applications and services. Hence, it is important to know how browsers, computers, and mobile devices interact with the web. The response to the question is your first step toward a deeper understanding of the internet and learning a new set of internet skills, with billions of websites now available. This module will foster web and mobile developing skills to design, create, and maintain appropriate solutions that meet the needs in our fast changing digital world. The module aims to equip students with the practical skills to integrate and implement client-side scripting language JavaScript, server–side PHP scripting language along with MySQL database system and hybrid mobile application development tools to create secure, dynamic web/mobile applications and master the web technologies necessary to develop a complete e-commerce solution. |
| Course Objectives |
In more detail, the aims are to:
• build and deploy a website on a web server using standard mark-up, styling techniques, visual elements, and development tools.
• design and implement dynamic web pages including validation using JavaScript objects and by applying different event handling mechanisms.
• develop dynamic web applications using open source software tools such as PHP and MySQL.
• make use of industry standard components and frameworks in the design and implementation of mobile applications. • train the learners to take responsibility for identifying and engaging with opportunities to develop knowledge of emerging application development techniques and tools
• facilitate the learner’s further study in technological subjects.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will have knowledge and understanding to:
- Identify the key concepts of markup languages like HTML, CSS and protocols in the workings of web and web application.
- Recognize a range of different programming languages and explain their differing roles and properties for static and dynamic web contents.
- Identify various mobile application development frameworks
- Demonstrate a range of social, legal, ethical, and technical skills necessary for ongoing professional growth in the web development discipline in a global context.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will have developed the following cognitive skills:
- Evaluate and solve a given problem to create a web-based application.
- Integrate theory and practice, resulting in a greater understanding of web and mobile development strategies and applications.
- Devise and organize innovative projects in web development.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
- Design and implement a dynamic web application that incorporates client-side and server-side programming
- Create, integrate, manage, and improve advanced web- based frameworks for a variety of responsive application in different business solutions.
- Use frameworks and code to produce visually appealing and demanding mobile applications.
D. Key skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
- Develop and deploy web and mobile applications independently or as part of a team.
- Apply appropriate problem-solving techniques to a range of problems.
- Organize their own learning and success to the point that they are ready to continue learning after they graduate.
|
M269 Algorithms, Data structures and Computability.
(8) Credit Hours
One of the basic pillars of advanced computing projects consists of the set of proper algorithms used to solve not only traditional but also unconventional IT problems. With the huge amount of data embedding the new data science, being skilled in setting proper data structure, managing and understanding computability techniques become a must nowadays. M269 is one of the most important modules for information technologies and computing related majors and tracks. The underlying concepts of this module are implemented using the python programming language.
| Course Code |
M269 |
| Course Title |
Algorithms, Data structures and Computability. |
| Pre-requisite |
M110 & MT131 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
One of the basic pillars of advanced computing projects consists of the set of proper algorithms used to solve not only traditional but also unconventional IT problems. With the huge amount of data embedding the new data science, being skilled in setting proper data structure, managing and understanding computability techniques become a must nowadays. M269 is one of the most important modules for information technologies and computing related majors and tracks. The underlying concepts of this module are implemented using the python programming language. |
| Course Objectives |
- Provide the students with the required skills to possess the computational thinking. These skills start by proper understanding and analyzing the problems to be solved and end by providing computer programs that solve these problems.
- One of the important aspects of this module is to provide the students with the awareness of the limits of computation and the ability to decide which problems can and which cannot be solved efficiently with computers.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Identify and define the sets, functions and logic, and their application in the design, implementation and analysis of computer-based systems.
- Define and recognize Data structure and computational problematic.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Explain, construct and use algorithms and data structures to solve computational problems.
- Describe and assess the difficulty of computational problems.
- Analyse algorithms and computational problems making use of several informal proof techniques
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Use the Python programming language to implement algorithms.
- Write a short report which is based on one or more sources and which has a well-argued conclusion.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply appropriate computational problem-solving techniques to a range of problems;
- Apply computational thinking skills to solve problems across a range of application areas.
- Discuss the questions 'What is computation?' and 'What are its limits?', and explain how the answers to these questions have important implications for the practical use of computer-based systems.
|
M277 Introduction to Competitive Programming
(3) Credit Hours
This module aims to prepare students for competitive problem-solving. It covers the fundamental algorithmic solving techniques like brute force, greedy and dynamic programming. Domain-specific techniques like number theory, computational geometry, string processing and graph theory will also be covered. In addition, the module also covers algorithmic and programming language toolkits used in problem-solving supported by the solution of representative or well-known problems in the various algorithmic paradigms.
| Course Code |
M277 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Competitive Programming |
| Pre-requisite |
M251 and M269 |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
This module aims to prepare students for competitive problem-solving. It covers the fundamental algorithmic solving techniques like brute force, greedy and dynamic programming. Domain-specific techniques like number theory, computational geometry, string processing and graph theory will also be covered. In addition, the module also covers algorithmic and programming language toolkits used in problem-solving supported by the solution of representative or well-known problems in the various algorithmic paradigms. |
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to: • Introducing all aspects of competitive problem-solving • Covering the fundamental algorithmic solving techniques like brute force, greedy and dynamic programming • Presenting domain-specific techniques like number theory and computational geometry, string processing and graph theory • Providing knowledge of using algorithmic and programming language toolkits used in problem-solving • Explaining the solution of representative or well-known problems in the various algorithmic paradigms • Preparing students to participate in competitive programming contests
|
| Course Outcomes |
| A. Knowledge and understanding | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - have a good understanding of the fundamental algorithmic solving techniques
- have some knowledge of domain-specific techniques
- have a good knowledge of using algorithmic and programming language toolkits
- have some knowledge of the advanced features in programming languages (especially Java)
|
B. Cognitive skills | At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - estimate the difficulty of computational problems quickly
- apply problem-solving techniques to solve complicated problems
|
| C. Practical and professional skills | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - use the programming languages (especially Java) professionally
- analyze the complexity of a given algorithm quickly
- write efficient algorithms using the appropriate data structures to solve complicated problems
- work efficiently under pressure
|
| D Key transferable skills | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - find information from a range of sources to support a task
- plan complex tasks
- use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills
- progress to more advanced level studies
|
|
M348 Applied statistical modelling
(8) Credit Hours
This 30 point level 3 module is designed to build on the statistical modelling taught at L1 (in M140) and L2 (in MT248). Whilst M348 is intended to be a replacement for M346 Linear statistical modelling, it will have a new focus and serve a broader range of students. The main statistical theme running throughout M346 is that of linear and generalised linear modelling. These statistical modelling techniques are widely used by statisticians and are of utmost importance to anyone modelling and analysing large and complex datasets. In M348 the software package will be R. R is a popular statistical software package used around the world in academia and in industry, particularly by data scientists. R is a command line based package and hence is associated with steeper learning curve than GUI-based packages such as GenStat. To mitigate this it is planned to mediate the use of R through Jupyter notebooks. These electronic documents allow executable R code to be embedded amongst explanatory text. Furthermore this executable code can either be set to be modifiable by students, enabling them to learn by adapting examples, or to be locked (and if desired hidden) thus not distracting students with code extraneous to a teaching point but nevertheless required. Also by providing a means for students to present results and conclusions alongside the code used to generate them they provide a means for tutors to gain a greater understanding of what a student is trying to do and hence put tutors in a better position to give appropriate feedback.
| Course Code |
M348 |
| Course Title |
Applied statistical modelling |
| Pre-requisite |
MT248 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This 30 point level 3 module is designed to build on the statistical modelling taught at L1 (in M140) and L2 (in MT248). Whilst M348 is intended to be a replacement for M346 Linear statistical modelling, it will have a new focus and serve a broader range of students. The main statistical theme running throughout M346 is that of linear and generalised linear modelling. These statistical modelling techniques are widely used by statisticians and are of utmost importance to anyone modelling and analysing large and complex datasets. In M348 the software package will be R. R is a popular statistical software package used around the world in academia and in industry, particularly by data scientists. R is a command line based package and hence is associated with steeper learning curve than GUI-based packages such as GenStat. To mitigate this it is planned to mediate the use of R through Jupyter notebooks. These electronic documents allow executable R code to be embedded amongst explanatory text. Furthermore this executable code can either be set to be modifiable by students, enabling them to learn by adapting examples, or to be locked (and if desired hidden) thus not distracting students with code extraneous to a teaching point but nevertheless required. Also by providing a means for students to present results and conclusions alongside the code used to generate them they provide a means for tutors to gain a greater understanding of what a student is trying to do and hence put tutors in a better position to give appropriate feedback. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Enable students to be familiar with the concept of statistical modelling and be able to put this into practise by fitting simple linear regression models.
• Expand students’ knowledge of statistical modelling to a framework that encompasses simple linear regression as a special case: linear models and, beyond them, generalised linear models. In doing so it will vastly increase the range of models that students are able to fit to data.
• Develop students’ more general modelling skills such as describing and interpreting models using non-technical language; selecting appropriate models from a wide range of possibilities; model checking and model comparison. The module will also look to develop students’ communication skills to prepare them for the role as the data analyst in a multidisciplinary team.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will have knowledge and
understanding of: A.1. A range of advanced data analysis techniques, building
on those introduced at level 2.
A.2. Normal linear models (including analysis of variance,
multiple regression and enhanced knowledge of simple
regression). A.3. Generalized linear modelling (including logistic, Poisson
and loglinear models for contingency tables as special
cases). A.4. Residual and influence diagnostics for linear and
generalized linear models. A.5. An appreciation of techniques in one of two specialisms:
econometrics or data science (including legal and
ethical issues).
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B.1. Formulate real-world data analysis problems in a linear
or generalized linear modelling framework. B.2. Interpret and critically evaluate the outcomes of
statistical data analysis in terms of the real-world
problem from which the data arose. B.3. Compare and contrast alternative models for the same
data.
B.4. Use a modern statistical software package (in particular,
R) to analyse data using linear and generalized linear
models (including data exploration and the use of
diagnostics).
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C.1. Fit and critically evaluate for linear and generalized
linear modelling C.2. Use R to build suitable statistical models C.3. Understand the requirements of a statistical analysis
that is given using non-technical language and
communicate the results of that analysis in a similarly
non-technical way. C.4. Analyse, evaluate problems and plan strategies for their
solution
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D.1. Organise study time, study independently, act on
feedback, and meet deadlines D.2. Communicate solutions to problems and the outcomes
of statistical data analyses clearly and coherently, and
to comment critically on statistical analyses, using
appropriate language for specialists and nonspecialists.
D.3. Select, and use accurately, appropriate data analytic
approaches. D.4. Develop the ability for dealing with problems given in
an open-ended way.
|
M811-A Information Security A
(4) Credit Hours
M811 A- Information Security A - course introduces the concepts and issues related to securing the information. Topics include the historical view of IT Governance, security issues, trends, security resources and risk analysis.
| Course Code |
M811-A |
| Course Title |
Information Security A |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
M811 A- Information Security A - course introduces the concepts and issues related to securing the information. Topics include the historical view of IT Governance, security issues, trends, security resources and risk analysis. |
| Course Objectives |
M811-part A aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop and run a practical information security management system, in accordance with current international standards. In particular, it aims to: - provide student with an understanding of current issues in information security and its management;
- Teach student a variety of techniques for information security management, including risk assessment and management, and to provide practice in their use;
- Provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to choose between different development techniques, tools and process models for a given information security context;
- Make student aware of the policy and technology trade-offs involved in developing information security management systems of sufficient quality;
- Give student an understanding of the importance to information security management of risk assessment and management, impact assessment, human factors, and legal and ethical issues.
- Equip student with the skills and tools necessary to audit his/her home computer and/or network for information security risk.
Additionally, M811 aims to - provide student with an understanding of the information security risks that he/she faces as an individual;
- provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to manage those risks to be less threatening
- provide student with an ability to evaluate current practice within the discipline of information security against legal, regulatory and commercial expectations;
- provide student with an understanding of the workings of the profession in terms of progression through professional qualifications;
-
provide student with the
research skills to stay at the leading edge of information security
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define the principles of information security in various contexts
- Describe an information security management system appropriate to a particular organisational context
- Identify the strengths and weaknesses of different types of information security mechanisms in various contexts.
- Identify the role of technology in Information Security in various contexts and be able to assess, using technology, the deficiencies of a simple information system and design solutions for its protection.
- Describe the management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security
B. Cognitive skills
- Critically evaluate the information security
management system of an organisation.
- Integrate knowledge and skills from a range of
approaches to information security and its management
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Apply the principles, concepts and techniques of the course in the workplace.
- Classify the various requirements and the incentives for organizations to implement information security
- Support management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security.
D. Key transferable
skills
- Discuss competently a variety of topics related to information security.
- Provide appropriate, effective documentation throughout the information security life-cycle.
- Critically evaluate information about the development of information security management systems from a variety of sources.
|
M811-B Information Security- Part B
(4) Credit Hours
M811 B- This course builds on Information Security A course and introduces deep information related to information risk management and the development of polices to implement information security controls. Topics include the risk analysis and management, the role of policy, people and processes in information security.
| Course Code |
M811-B |
| Course Title |
Information Security- Part B |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
M811 B- This course builds on Information Security A course and introduces deep information related to information risk management and the development of polices to implement information security controls. Topics include the risk analysis and management, the role of policy, people and processes in information security.
|
| Course Objectives |
M811-part B aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop and run a practical information security management system, in accordance with current international standards. In particular, it aims to: - Provide student with an understanding of current issues in information security and its management;
- Teach student a variety of techniques for information security management, including risk assessment and management, and to provide practice in their use;
- Provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to choose between different development techniques, tools and process models for a given information security context;
- Make student aware of the policy and technology trade-offs involved in developing information security management systems of sufficient quality;
- Give student an understanding of the importance to information security management of risk assessment and management, impact assessment, human factors, and legal and ethical issues.
- Equip student with the skills and tools necessary to audit his/her home computer and/or network for information security risk.
Additionally, M811 aims to:
- provide student with an understanding of the information security risks that he/she faces as an individual;
- provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to manage those risks to be less threatening
- provide student with an ability to evaluate current practice within the discipline of information security against legal, regulatory and commercial expectations;
- provide student with an understanding of the workings of the profession in terms of progression through professional qualifications;
- provide student with the research skills to stay at the leading edge of information security
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define the principles of information security in various contexts
- Describe an information security management system appropriate to a particular organisational context
- Describe the provenance of threats, their impact and outline appropriate countermeasures to protect information assets against threats
- Identify the strengths and weaknesses of different types of information security mechanisms in various contexts.
- Identify the role of technology in Information Security in various contexts and be able to assess, using technology, the deficiencies of a simple information system and design solutions for its protection.
- Describe the management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Associate a fit-for-purpose information security management system to the management of information security risks
- Explain how to be systematic in the choice of controls that treat specific risks, and how to produce the documentation required by the relevant standards
- Integrate knowledge and skills from a range of approaches to information security and its management
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Apply a fit-for-purpose information security management system to the management of information security risks
- Show how to be systematic in the choice of controls that treat specific risks, and how to produce the documentation required by the relevant standards
- Support management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security
D. Key transferable
skills
- Discuss competently a variety of topics related to information security.
- Provide appropriate, effective documentation throughout the info sec life-cycle.
- Critically evaluate information about the development of info sec management systems from a variety of sources.
|
M812-A Digital Forensics A
(4) Credit Hours
M812- Digital Forensics (A & B) will help students understand how to conduct investigations to correctly gather, analyse and present digital evidence to both business and legal audiences.
Digital evidence features in just about every part of our personal and business lives. Legal and business decisions hinge on having timely data about what people have actually done. M812 (A& B) covers a gap in the Middle Eastern (ME) market for courses in the subject of Computer Digital Forensics. M812 actually has a role to play in seeking to refresh and invigorate the curriculum of PG Computing and thereby increase the University’s market share. This course will address the strategic priority of AOU of increasing new student numbers.
| Course Code |
M812-A |
| Course Title |
Digital Forensics A |
| Pre-requisite |
|
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
M812- Digital Forensics (A & B) will help students understand how to conduct investigations to correctly gather, analyse and present digital evidence to both business and legal audiences.
Digital evidence features in just about every part of our personal and business lives. Legal and business decisions hinge on having timely data about what people have actually done. M812 (A& B) covers a gap in the Middle Eastern (ME) market for courses in the subject of Computer Digital Forensics. M812 actually has a role to play in seeking to refresh and invigorate the curriculum of PG Computing and thereby increase the University’s market share. This course will address the strategic priority of AOU of increasing new student numbers. |
| Course Objectives |
- provide students with a broad and practical introduction to the fundamentals of digital forensics, including how general forensic principles and techniques apply to digital investigations
- provide students with sufficient knowledge to be able to conduct digital investigation procedures, and skills including evidence handling, note taking and report writing
- provide students with an understanding of how to keep up to date with changing technologies, laws and regulations in digital forensics
- guide students through English and Welsh civil and criminal laws particularly relevant to digital forensic investigations and teach him/her how to find the law in other jurisdictions (national and international)
- present students with the principles of legal report writing
- provide students with an opportunity to answer questions from reviewers of the legal report orally
- Equip students with resources to access templates and documents from professional bodies and industrial practices, and stay at the leading edge of digital forensics.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define the role of digital forensics within the larger discipline of forensic science and the appropriate use of scientific methods.
- Identify the range of applications of digital forensics across ordinary organizations from disciplinary hearings and employment tribunals to civil and even criminal cases.
- Identify and explain relevant International legislation and understand how to find relevant legislation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Select and use appropriate concepts, methods, tools and techniques for a given digital forensics event and analyze the results.
- Analyze a given forensic investigation scenario to identify risks and relevant legislation
- Detect how given forensic could affect an organization.
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Demonstrate awareness and understanding of prevailing standards applicable to digital evidence (e.g. ACPO Good Practice Guide for Computer Based Electronic Evidence, Forensic Science Regulator's Standards, and ISO standards) and be able to demonstrate their application in a given context.
- Explain the relevance of digital forensics within both society and an organization as well as the legal and ethical responsibilities of the digital forensic professional.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Demonstrate good oral and written communication skills appropriate for reporting and defending digital forensics results to both legal and business audiences.
- Reporting and defending digital forensics results to both legal and business audiences using evidence instead of subjective opinions, even in the presence of incomplete information.
|
M816-A Data Management-A
(4) Credit Hours
M816 (A & B) covers the data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation’s data asset. Students will acquire practical skills in data, database, repository (meta-data) and business intelligence administration.
| Course Code |
M816-A |
| Course Title |
Data Management-A |
| Pre-requisite |
|
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
M816 (A & B) covers the data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation’s data asset. Students will acquire practical skills in data, database, repository (meta-data) and business intelligence administration. |
| Course Objectives |
M816 (A & B) aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop data management policies, procedures and systems in accordance with current professional practice, approaches and techniques. In particular, it aims to: - teach students a variety of principles, practices and technologies for data management across the data life-cycle
- give students the ability to evaluate current practices in data management
- give student an understanding of current and emerging issues in data management
- give students the research skills you need to stay at the leading edge of data management
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation's data asset.
- Concepts and techniques associated with data, database, repository and business intelligence administration.
- Issues relating to ethical and professional conduct for data administrators.
- Concepts and techniques associated with data integrity, security, quality and recovery.
- Issues and technologies associated with the use of databases to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications.
B. Cognitive skills
- Analyse an organisation's data asset, and develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of the data asset.
- Apply techniques associated with data, database, repository and business intelligence administration.
- Choose and justify appropriate strategies for data integrity, security, quality and recovery.
- Evaluate different approaches to using databases to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications.
- Choose and justify appropriate techniques and technologies to develop database
C. Practical and
professional skills
- Apply the data management principles, practices and technologies taught in the module to develop policies, procedures and systems for managing data resources in the workplace.
- Practise basic data, database, repository and business intelligence administration skills in the workplace.
- Critically evaluate developments in data management practices and technologies.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
- Discuss competently a variety of topics related to data management policies, procedures and technologies.
- Critically evaluate information about data management from a variety of sources.
- Communicate effectively in writing about approaches to managing data.
|
MS102 Physics
(3) Credit Hours
An understanding of the physical phenomena underlying the operation of devices involved in information processing and transmission can lead to better understanding of those devices. In addition, software developers of computer games frequently require knowledge of the behavior of physical objects in order to produce realistic games. Finally, as a fundamental science, a good understanding of physics and its techniques will help students develop a better understanding of nature and how to approach studying it. The module has implicit links to computer communication and software development modules, in addition to the final year project.
| Course Code |
MS102 |
| Course Title |
Physics |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
An understanding of the physical phenomena underlying the operation of devices involved in information processing and transmission can lead to better understanding of those devices. In addition, software developers of computer games frequently require knowledge of the behavior of physical objects in order to produce realistic games. Finally, as a fundamental science, a good understanding of physics and its techniques will help students develop a better understanding of nature and how to approach studying it. The module has implicit links to computer communication and software development modules, in addition to the final year project. |
| Course Objectives |
- To impart knowledge and understanding of fundamental concepts of physics likely to be needed by the students for later modules and future careers.
- To develop an appreciation of physics' tools and techniques for understanding the real world.
- To develop transferrable problem-solving skills that can be applied in other areas.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Explain the various important units of physics and the concept of dimensional analysis and the representation and manipulation of physical quantities
- Outline the laws of classical mechanics
- Contrast and differentiate among the different types of waves and summarize their properties
- Explain electric forces and fields and summarize their properties
- Illustrate and explain basic passive electric circuits
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Identify concepts and quantities in physics precisely beyond what is used in everyday language.
- Apply strategies for solving problems in physics in different situations.
- Use vector algebra to the study of mechanics in two dimensions.
- Analyze passive electric circuits.
- Analyze wave propagation in different materials.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Use and interpret different types of graphs to display the relationship between variables
- Analyze the forces of static and dynamic bodies in simple mechanical systems
- Calculate the velocity and acceleration of bodies in different types of plane motion
- Determine basic parameters of waves propagating in different materials
- Calculate voltages and currents in passive electric circuits
D. Key transferable skills
Use the learning Management System (LMS) effectively to improve own learning performance. - Demonstrate active participation and contribution to classroom discussions.
- Improve own learning and performance through self-reflection.
- Demonstrate effective communicate about technical matters.
|
MST129 Applied Calculus
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces some fundamental topics of differential and integral calculus, with an emphasis on applications. Among the topics covered are functions (including exponential and logarithmic), limits, the concept of derivative, computing the derivative, maxima and minima of functions, and integration. Emphasis will be placed upon the use of calculus in defining and solving problems from areas including computing, data science and natural sciences
| Course Code |
MST129 |
| Course Title |
Applied Calculus |
| Pre-requisite |
|
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces some fundamental topics of differential and integral calculus, with an emphasis on applications. Among the topics covered are functions (including exponential and logarithmic), limits, the concept of derivative, computing the derivative, maxima and minima of functions, and integration. Emphasis will be placed upon the use of calculus in defining and solving problems from areas including computing, data science and natural sciences
|
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Provide the knowledge of elementary functions to calculus concepts for students in all of the ITC programs.
• Use mathematical techniques to find solutions to simple optimization problems.
• Increase academic proficiency in expression of mathematical solutions.
• Introduce definition of the derivative and make students acquainted with computing the derivative of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
• Make students acquainted with evaluating the integrals of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
• Introduces applications of integrals such as area, average value of a function.
• Enable students to compute the partial derivatives of several variable functions.
|
| Course Outcomes |
| A. Knowledge and understanding | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Acquire the fundamental concepts and basic knowledge of calculus.
- Find and interpret the derivatives of power, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions.
- Get the intuitive knowledge of critical points of a function and optimization problems.
- Find and interpret the integral of functions.
- Use application integration to obtain the area between curves and the average value of functions.
|
| B. Cognitive skills | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Develop techniques of problem solving.
- Apply differentiation to problems such as related rates, graphing and optimization.
- Manipulate the integration techniques theoretically and numerically.
|
| C. Practical and professional skills | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Carry out calculations orally and mentally.
- Analyze mathematical models such as equations, formulas, graphs, tables, functions, and/or figures, and draw inferences from them related to applied calculus.
- Apply the mathematical skills required in performing operations and/or problem solving related to applied calculus.
- Write a verbal interpretation of the derivative as a rate of change in the context of an application.
|
| D. Key transferable skills | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Build their understanding of mathematical modeling and/or use functions and data to model real-world situations.
- Learn both the skills and techniques of calculus, as well as the applications of calculus.
- Communicate more effectively with peers and teaching staff.
|
|
MST224 Mathematical methods
(8) Credit Hours
This module introduces a variety of mathematical methods, which are used in modelling through their application to solving real world problems. These methods include first and second order differential equations, calculus of functions of several variables, vector calculus, Fourier series and partial differential equations. The module gives a good foundation for higher-level study and is essential preparation for most level 2 and level 3 mathematics and statistics modules. The module needs a sound knowledge of algebra, trigonometry, calculus, linear algebra, and geometry as provided by the appropriate level 1 study.
| Course Code |
MST224 |
| Course Title |
Mathematical methods |
| Pre-requisite |
MST129 & MT132 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces a variety of mathematical methods, which are used in modelling through their application to solving real world problems. These methods include first and second order differential equations, calculus of functions of several variables, vector calculus, Fourier series and partial differential equations. The module gives a good foundation for higher-level study and is essential preparation for most level 2 and level 3 mathematics and statistics modules. The module needs a sound knowledge of algebra, trigonometry, calculus, linear algebra, and geometry as provided by the appropriate level 1 study.
|
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Enable students to work with a variety of applications, using appropriate models, and analyse the validity of the solutions obtained.
• Introduce ODEs and discuss graphical, numerical, and analytical solution methods.
• Provide the understanding of existence and uniqueness of solutions of ODEs.
• Visualise functions of several variables and introduce periodic functions.
• Compute the partial derivatives, the gradient vector, line integrals of vector functions, classifying stationary points and Fourier coefficients.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A.1. Solve a constant coefficient second order linear
initial value problem with driving term exponential
time’s polynomial. A.2. Perform calculus operations on vector-valued
functions, including derivatives, integrals, curvature,
displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion. A.3. Compute Fourier coefficients, and find periodic
solutions of linear ODEs by means of Fourier series.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B.1. Judge if the results of ODEs solutions are
reasonable, and then interpret and clearly
communicate the results. B.2. Think critically by setting up and solving application
problems involving double and triple integrals. B.3. Demonstrate ability to think effectively to interpret
and use functions of several variables.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C.1. Utilize Delta functions to model abrupt phenomena,
compute the unit impulse response, and express the
system response to a general signal by means of the
convolution integral. C.2. Locate and use information to solve calculus
problems in several variables. C.3. Competence in solving problems related to vectors in
2- and 3- dimensions and their applications. C.4. Work effectively with others to complete homework
and class assignments. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D.1. Analyse real world scenarios to recognize when
ordinary differential equations (ODEs) or systems of
ODEs are appropriate. D.2. Demonstrate the ability to communicate with
colleagues on the topics of ODEs and systems of
ODEs D.3. Formulate problems about the scenarios, creatively
model these scenarios (using technology, if
appropriate) in order to solve the problems using
multiple approaches. D.4. Apply the computational and conceptual principles
of calculus to the solutions of real-world problems. D.5. Recognize ODEs and system of ODEs concepts that
are encountered in the real world, understand and be able to communicate the underlying mathematics involved to help another person gain
insight into the situation
|
MT120 Software screen design
(4) Credit Hours
This course trains the student on the advanced technologies needed to use reliable programs in the world of production and is complementary to what they have previously studied of the technical programs. It also opens the door to become an artist with comprehensive experience which would qualify him or her to be part of the work teams in media and technical organizations
| Course Code |
MT120 |
| Course Title |
Software screen design |
| Pre-requisite |
MT110 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course trains the student on the advanced technologies needed to use reliable programs in the world of production and is complementary to what they have previously studied of the technical programs. It also opens the door to become an artist with comprehensive experience which would qualify him or her to be part of the work teams in media and technical organizations
|
| Course Objectives |
This course provides a thorough overview of the interface, tools, features, and production flow for using Premiere Pro. The course is an ideal combination of instructor-led demonstration and hands-on practice for getting to know this revolutionary nonlinear video-editing application. The course focuses on the basic editing functions while familiarizing the students with the user interface. It also allows them to use Premiere Pro's powerful real-time video and audio editing tools to give them precise control over virtually every aspect of the production.
The second part of the course is full hands-on practice of Adobe after effects which would allow the students to deliver cinematic, visual effects and motion graphics faster than ever before with new Global Performance Cache, extend their creativity with built-in text and shape extrusion, new mask feathering options, and get into motion graphics.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and
understanding
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Be familiar with the standard digital video workflow
- Enhance the workflow with high-level features
- Incorporate Adobe® Creative Cloud into the post production workflow
- Understand the Adobe Creative Cloud workflow
- Have a good understanding of the Nonlinear editing workflow in Premiere Pro CC
- Be familiar with the interface, tools, features, and production flow for Premiere Pro CC and all other production applications from Adobe.
- Know a powerful real-time video and audio editing tools that gives precise control over virtually every aspect of any production.
- Freely combine any type of video media, from video shot on a phone to raw 5K.
- Perform an advanced editing techniques
- Add video effects and transitions to the production.
- Have a good understanding of color grading and color correction with adobe premiere pro CC.
- Have a good understanding and practice of the compositing techniques
- Know exporting techniques
B. Cognitive skills
- Creating a storyboard (i.e. a visual map for your digital video project).
- Importing multimedia elements into a digital video project.
- Adding multimedia elements to the timeline.
- Splitting/cutting video clips.
- Extending frame rate duration of video/picture portions.
- Combining/joining different video clips.
- Synchronizing audio clips with a recorded video lesson.
- Changing videos appearance using video effects and transitions.
- Publishing videos in a format playable in media players.
- Understand the Fundamentals of Motion Graphics
- Getting to Know the Workflow of Motion graphics and visual effects production
C. Practical and
professional skills
Adobe Premiere pro - Touring Adobe Premiere Pro Creative Cloud
- Setting up a Project
- Importing Media
- Organizing Media
- Mastering the Essentials of Video Editing
- Working with Clips and Markers
- Adding Transitions
- Performing Advanced Editing Techniques
- Putting Clips in Motion
- Multicamera Editing
- Editing and Mixing Audio
- Sweetening Sound
- Adding Video Effects
- Improving Clips with Color Correction and Grading
- Exploring Compositing Techniques
- Creating Titles
- Managing Your Projects
- Exporting Frames, Clips, and Sequences
After effects - Animating Text
- Working with Shape Layers
- Animating Multimedia Presentation
- Working with Masks
- Distorting Objects with the Puppet Tools
- Other Effects
- Rendering and Outputting
D. Key transferable
skills
- Cutting shot sequences into different angles at specific points in scenes; making sure each individual cuts as fluid and seamless as possible.
- Studying scripts to become familiar with Pre production-Production and post production concepts and requirements.
- Selecting and combining the most effective shots of each scene in order to form a logical and smoothly running story.
- Determining the specific audio and visual effects and music necessary to complete films.
- Verifying key numbers and time codes on materials.
- Reviewing assembled films or edited videotapes on screens or monitors in order to determine if corrections are necessary.
- Setting up and operating computer editing systems, electronic titling systems, video switching equipment, and digital video effects units in order to produce a final product.
- Recording needed sounds, or obtaining them from sound effects libraries.
- Conferring with producers and directors concerning layout or editing approaches needed to increase dramatic or entertainment value of productions.
- Manipulating plot, score, sound, and graphics to integrate the parts into a continuous whole as well as working closely with people in audio, visual, music, optical and/or special effects departments.
- Supervising and coordinating activities of workers engaged in film editing, assembling, and recording activities.
- Developing post-production models for films.
- Piecing sounds together to develop film soundtracks.
- Conducting film screenings for directors and members of production staffs.
- Collaborating with music editors to select appropriate passages of music and develop production scores.
- Discussing the sound requirements of pictures with sound effects editors.
- Informative information on how the animation is produced
|
MT129 Calculus and Probability
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces the concepts of differentiation and integration as well as some applications of differential and integral calculus. Moreover, the module offers a clear and comprehensive survey of the of data sampling, measurements of central tendency and spread, organizing and visualizing categorical and numerical data. It also includes topics in the basic probability such as events, simple probability, conditional probability, and Bayes’ rule. Finally, it provides an introduction to fundamental basis and concepts of statistical inferences, normal distribution. The module has direct links to computing, programming and communication modules, in addition to the numerical analysis module.
| Course Code |
MT129 |
| Course Title |
Calculus and Probability |
| Pre-requisite |
M110 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces the concepts of differentiation and integration as well as some applications of differential and integral calculus. Moreover, the module offers a clear and comprehensive survey of the of data sampling, measurements of central tendency and spread, organizing and visualizing categorical and numerical data. It also includes topics in the basic probability such as events, simple probability, conditional probability, and Bayes’ rule. Finally, it provides an introduction to fundamental basis and concepts of statistical inferences, normal distribution. The module has direct links to computing, programming and communication modules, in addition to the numerical analysis module. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to: - Apply the knowledge of elementary functions to calculus concepts.
- To compute the derivative of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
- Evaluate the integrals of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
- Introduce the terms and concept of probability, and the idea of discrete and continuous random variables.
- Ensure the understanding of mathematical expectations and moment generating functions concepts.
- Equip students with some important discrete and continuous probability distributions in technology and communication modules.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to: - Use derivative rule to find derivatives of power, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions.
- Solve simple definite and indefinite integrals.
- Use applications of differentiation and integration in sketching graphs, obtain area between curves and average value of functions.
- Define and identify random variables for any well- defined probability problems.
- Realize mathematical expectations and variances for different continuous and discrete distribution
B. Cognitive skills
Students should be able to: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the different types of elementary functions and apply their understanding of the studied functions to information systems.
- Display deep knowledge gained from the course and use it to solve optimization problems.
- Utilize knowledge gained from the course to help them to understand new unfamiliar probability distributions.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students will be able to: - Apply the practical skills gained from differential and integral calculus ITC problems.
- Cultivate the capacity to be leaders in their professional and personal communities.
- Develop some technical statistical materials; effectively present and objectively evaluate them.
- Deal with statistical computer applications such as spread sheets and MATLAB statistics toolbox.
D. Key transferable skills
Students will be able to: - Be aware of the implications of information technology in daily lives and on society as a whole, and the ability to utilize IT to communicate and solve problems.
- Use information, reasoning, and creative processes to solve problems and achieve goals.
- Implement global issues gained from module and their implications on their daily lives.
|
MT131 Discrete Mathematics
(4) Credit Hours
This is an elementary level module which introduces various topics in discrete mathematics. It offers a clear and comprehensive survey of logic operations, predicates, quantifiers, sets, functions, relations. Also, the module provides the concept of permutations, combinations and counting techniques which are needed as prerequisite in most of technology and communication modules. Moreover, the module gives some knowledge of relevant algorithmic ideas in number theory and cryptography that are widely used in data structure, data base, programming, data communication and in scientific research.
| Course Code |
MT131 |
| Course Title |
Discrete Mathematics |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This is an elementary level module which introduces various topics in discrete mathematics. It offers a clear and comprehensive survey of logic operations, predicates, quantifiers, sets, functions, relations. Also, the module provides the concept of permutations, combinations and counting techniques which are needed as prerequisite in most of technology and communication modules. Moreover, the module gives some knowledge of relevant algorithmic ideas in number theory and cryptography that are widely used in data structure, data base, programming, data communication and in scientific research. |
| Course Objectives |
The course aims to:
- Introduce basic notations used in discrete Mathematics associated with information and communication technology
- Teach the rudiments of elementary mathematical reasoning.
- Prepare students for the theoretical parts of further courses in information technology.
- Explain logic from a mathematical perspective and relating it to computer applications.
- Introduce set theory, relations, functions, graphs, equivalence relations, and partial orderings.
- Provide concepts of permutation, combination and any other counting techniques.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to: - Identify propositional logic, logical equivalence, predicates and quantifiers.
- Describe the Integers and division functions, prime number and prime factorization, least common multiple and highest common factors.
- Define sets, functions and binary relations, their properties and representations. Know the major types of binary relations on a set, equivalence relations and partial orderings.
- Use matrices to represent relations, graphs and trees.
- Recognize basic properties of counting techniques using permutation and combination properties.
B. Cognitive skills
Students will be able to: - Deal with mathematical and logical arguments and carry out mathematical and logical manipulations.
- Acquire a good understanding of the concepts and methods of discrete mathematics described in detail in the syllabus.
- Be familiar with mathematical notations related to computer science.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students will be able to: - Prove any simple mathematical theory using logic laws
- Use any or all of the previous tools in a significant information and communication technology application such as cryptography.
- Apply combinatorial principles and discrete mathematical structures that are central to mathematics and information technology.
D. Key transferable skills
Students will be able to: - Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as timetabling study; read critically for meaning and take effective notes; and use study aids such as dictionaries and glossaries;
- Present and communicate basic mathematical and logical arguments; communicate appropriately with their tutor and other students using email and online conferences;
- Locate information on a given subject from the World Wide Web
|
MT132 Linear Algebra
(4) Credit Hours
The course introduces a range of ideas concerning matrices and its applications, matrix operations that are widely used in data structure, programming, data communication, digital signal processing and in scientific research. The course shows algorithmic method to solve systems of linear equations. Moreover, it includes concept of vector spaces and subspace that are used to construct algebraic codes. Also, it introduces the meaning of basis and dimension of a subspace the vector space Rn. The concept of linear transformation between two vector spaces together with null space and rank are also included. Finally, the course introduce the idea of characteristic values/vectors and diagonalization.
| Course Code |
MT132 |
| Course Title |
Linear Algebra |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The course introduces a range of ideas concerning matrices and its applications, matrix operations that are widely used in data structure, programming, data communication, digital signal processing and in scientific research. The course shows algorithmic method to solve systems of linear equations. Moreover, it includes concept of vector spaces and subspace that are used to construct algebraic codes. Also, it introduces the meaning of basis and dimension of a subspace the vector space Rn. The concept of linear transformation between two vector spaces together with null space and rank are also included. Finally, the course introduce the idea of characteristic values/vectors and diagonalization. |
| Course Objectives |
The course aims to: - Extend the students' basic mathematical awareness and skills in matrices and matrix operations.
- Give the study skills necessary for students to be able to solve system of linear equations.
- Provide a range of useful ideas such as linear combinations and linear independence.
- Present some important mathematical terms such as span, basis and dimensions.
- Upgrade the concept of linear transformation necessary for other compulsory technology and communication modules.
- Give a feeling for the mathematical approach to the study of computer science.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Student will be able to: - Define and classify type of matrices and perform matrix operations.
- Solve problems in information systems and communication using matrix techniques.
- Use and apply linear algebra knowledge and concepts to information technologies and computing.
- Be familiar with different terminologies in linear algebra and matrix transformation.
- Acquire technical material, effectively present it and objectively evaluate other technical materials in linear algebra.
B. Cognitive skills
Students should be able to demonstrate that they can: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the different types of matrices and linear operations.
- Apply their understanding of the studied ideas in linear algebra to coding problems, encryption and decryption.
- Use knowledge gained from the module to help them to understand new unfamiliar matrix operations.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students should be able to: - Communicate effectively in English and Arabic in a variety of contexts and media.
- Analyze a mass of information and carry out an appropriate analysis of the problem material.
- Express a problem in mathematical terms and carry out an appropriate analysis.
- Reason critically and interpret information in a manner that can be communicated effectively.
- Integrate and link information across course components.
D. Key transferable skills
Students should be able to demonstrate that they can: - Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively and without plagiarism on a range of topics relating to linear operations.
- Perform calculations to find inverse of a matrix, use and manipulate simple algebraic calculations to solve linear system of equations.
- Use technology to find a span and a basis for a vector space.
- Enhance existing numerical ability.
- Work effectively as part of a group in solving any complicated mathematical problems.
|
MT141 Introduction to Probability and Statistics
(4) Credit Hours
MT141 is an introductory module in probability and statistics. It is designed to provide Artificial Intelligence students with the basic concepts of data analysis and statistical computing. Topics covered include basic descriptive measures, measures of association, probability theory, measurement error, random variables, probability distributions, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. To study this module, students should have a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132.
| Course Code |
MT141 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Probability and Statistics |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
MT141 is an introductory module in probability and statistics. It is designed to provide Artificial Intelligence students with the basic concepts of data analysis and statistical computing. Topics covered include basic descriptive measures, measures of association, probability theory, measurement error, random variables, probability distributions, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. To study this module, students should have a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Provide students with a framework that will help them choose the appropriate descriptive methods in various statistical data analysis situations.
• Make acquainted with concepts of random variables and finding appropriate distribution for interpreting data specific to an experiment.
• Impart knowledge and understanding of discrete and continuous probability distributions.
• Develop the understanding of mathematical expectations and moment generating functions.
• Ensure the understanding of testing hypotheses, and estimation.
• Enable students to understand the role of statistics in doing the research.
• Help students to read and understand the statistical concepts from reports and papers.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Use a variety of methods for exploring, summarizing and presenting data.
- Have knowledge and understanding of basic probability models and their use for modelling discrete and continuous data.
- Realize the different probability distributions types, their structures and standards.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Apply mathematical and statistical manipulation and calculation on choices of model and analyses resulting from them.
- Solve practical problems by formulating problems in a statistical framework and applying appropriate statistical techniques.
- Be able to interpret the results of a statistical data analysis and evaluate statistical evidence.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Apply mathematical and statistical concepts and principles.
- Analyse and evaluate criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutions.
- Use information technology with confidence to acquire and present mathematical and statistical knowledge and data, to model and solve problems and to develop mathematical and statistical insight.
- Demonstrate their understanding of descriptive statistics by practical application of quantitative reasoning and data visualization.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Apply statistical modelling and analysis techniques to a wide range of practical problems.
- Analyse and to evaluate practical problems involving statistical data and plan strategies for their solution.
- Communicate in writing about statistical and probability modelling, communicate relevant information accurately and effectively, using a form, structure and style that suits the purpose.
- Use mathematical and statistical software with confidence.
- Acquire further knowledge with little guidance or support.
|
MT248 Analysing data
(4) Credit Hours
The statistical analysis of data is usually based on some kind of modelling of the situation of interest. In this module, students will use the commercial statistical software package Minitab to help them with analysing data. Such statistical modelling with large amounts of data and realistic models together lead to many and difficult calculations. Therefore, the module requires a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132.
| Course Code |
MT248 |
| Course Title |
Analysing data |
| Pre-requisite |
M140 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The statistical analysis of data is usually based on some kind of modelling of the situation of interest. In this module, students will use the commercial statistical software package Minitab to help them with analysing data. Such statistical modelling with large amounts of data and realistic models together lead to many and difficult calculations. Therefore, the module requires a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Provide students with a framework that will help them choose the appropriate descriptive methods in various statistical data analysis situations.
• Make acquainted with concepts of random variables and finding appropriate distribution for interpreting data specific to an experiment.
• Impart knowledge and understanding of discrete and continuous probability distributions.
• Develop the understanding of mathematical expectations and moment generating functions.
• Ensure the understanding of testing hypotheses, and estimation.
• Introduce linear and multiple regressions.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A.1. Have knowledge and understanding of basic probability models and their use for modelling discrete and continuous data.
A.2. Have knowledge and understanding of basic statistical inference, including point estimation, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing
A.3. Introduction to the use of calculus in statistics.
A.4. Have knowledge and understanding of data analysis techniques using a commercial statistical software package, including methods for exploring data and writing statistical reports.
A.5. Have knowledge and understanding of basic regression techniques for modelling two or more dependent variables
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
B.1. Solve practical problems by formulating problems in a statistical framework and applying appropriate statistical techniques.
B.2. Interpret the results of a statistical data analysis and evaluate statistical evidence.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C.1. Understand the importance and relevance of random variation and statistics in the modern world.
C.2. Use a commercial statistical software package to analyse data and use statistical techniques
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D.1. Communicate solutions to problems clearly and coherently
D.2. Solve problems and demonstrate critical quantitative thinking
D.3. Organise your study time, study independently, exploit feedback and meet deadline
|
MT249 Practical modern statistics
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces major topics of modern applied statistics: time series, multivariate analysis, and Bayesian statistics. The module emphasises underlying principles and practical applications rather than technical details. Use of a computer is an essential component – the module includes SPSS and WinBUGS software, which students will use to analyse data and develop their understanding of statistics.
| Course Code |
MT249 |
| Course Title |
Practical modern statistics |
| Pre-requisite |
MT248 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces major topics of modern applied statistics: time series, multivariate analysis, and Bayesian statistics. The module emphasises underlying principles and practical applications rather than technical details. Use of a computer is an essential component – the module includes SPSS and WinBUGS software, which students will use to analyse data and develop their understanding of statistics. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Improve skills in analysing and interpreting data, communicating statistical ideas clearly and succinctly.
• Analyse data collected over time, and forecasting future values using exponential smoothing and ARIMA models.
• Present and analyse data on several variables, with sections on principal component analysis and discrimination.
• Introduce the Bayesian approach to statistics, in which expert knowledge can be incorporated into statistical models.
• Present and use special statistical software such as WinBUGS.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: A.1. Demonstrate understanding of techniques for
analysing and interpreting data. A.2. Realize time series data, trend and seasonality,
additive and multiplicative models,
transforming time series, moving averages,
estimating the trend, seasonal and irregular
components. A.3. Define the concepts of multivariate data,
scatterplots, matrix scatterplots and profile
plots, mean vectors and the covariance matrix,
standardisation and the correlation matrix.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: B.1. Apply mathematical and statistical
manipulation and calculation on choices of
model and analyses resulting from them. B.2. Assemble relevant information for proofs and
construct appropriate mathematical
arguments, and exercise judgment in selection
and application of a wide range of mathematical and statistical tools and
techniques. B.3. Represent groups in multivariate data and
measure the separation between and withingroups covariance matrices
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: C.1. Apply Markov chain simulation, burn-in,
practical Bayesian data analysis with MCMC;
and interpret MCMC output. C.2. Analyse objective and subjective probability,
Bayes’ theorem. Prior distributions, the
likelihood, posterior distributions. C.3. Gain membership of the Royal Statistical
Society and the Institute of Mathematics such
as London Mathematical Society. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: D.1. Apply statistical modelling and analysis
techniques to a wide range of practical problem
such as simple, Holt and Holt-Winters exponential smoothing, autocorrelation and
prediction, the correlogram, tests for zero
autocorrelation, prediction errors. D.2. Analyse and evaluate practical problems
involving statistical data and plan strategies for
their solution. D.3. Use professional mathematical and statistical
software with confidence. D.4. Communicating statistical ideas clearly and
succinctly. D.5. Acquire further knowledge with little guidance
or support.
|
MT372 Parallel Computing
(3) Credit Hours
The module is a comprehensive study of parallel computing techniques, parallel programming and performance tuning. Topics covered include: fundamentals of parallel, concurrent and distributed computing systems, performance and limitations of these systems, and parallelism paradigms. In addition to these topics the software needs and support for parallel processor systems are covered in details. This includes programming languages, simulation and tracing tools. Students will examine a range of topics involved in using parallel operations to improve computational performance, parallel architectures, parallel algorithms and parallel programming languages; Architectures covered include vector computers, multiprocessors, network computers, and data flow machines.
| Course Code |
MT372 |
| Course Title |
Parallel Computing |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
The module is a comprehensive study of parallel computing techniques, parallel programming and performance tuning. Topics covered include: fundamentals of parallel, concurrent and distributed computing systems, performance and limitations of these systems, and parallelism paradigms. In addition to these topics the software needs and support for parallel processor systems are covered in details. This includes programming languages, simulation and tracing tools. Students will examine a range of topics involved in using parallel operations to improve computational performance, parallel architectures, parallel algorithms and parallel programming languages; Architectures covered include vector computers, multiprocessors, network computers, and data flow machines. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to give solid understanding about the following: - The fundamentals of parallel computing.
- Parallel operation.
- The different core concepts behind the hardware layer of a computer system.
- Performance and limitations of parallel systems
- The processor's architecture of parallel systems and its interconnection networks.
- The parallel algorithms.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Understand of the fundamental concept and issues of parallel computing
- Recognize parallel programming experience solving computationally intensive problems in a variety of disciplines
- Understand the related implementations and measurements of performance and constraints of parallel computing
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Practice Parallel programming platforms
- Apply Principles of parallel algorithm design
- Illustrate Basic communication operations
- Perform Analytical modelling of parallel programs
- Develop Programming using the message-passing paradigm (MPI)
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply the techniques and theorems in real applications.
- Analyze specific data and information to build the parallel models
- Apply the tools studied concerning parallel computing to solve a real problem.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Gather data from various sources, including the electronic media, such as internet.
- Choose a case study from the real world and apply the techniques studied.
- Show responsibility for the preparation of the case study and manage the presentation schedule of his/her work.
- Exercise research skills, such as data collection, tabulation, analysis, report presentation and class discussions.
|
MT380 Service oriented architecture
(3) Credit Hours
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) intends to explain the SOA and the related topics including Web Services and Cloud Computing. Web Services (such as KSOAP, REST) make use of the notion of a service- oriented architecture, they are independent of specific programming languages or operating systems. They rely on existing transport technologies, such as HTTP, and XML, for invoking the implementation. This outlines a range of new technologies for designing and implementing service-oriented applications that support machine-to-machine collaboration. It illustrates the rational of SOA in how to construct and to build web service oriented applications, such as ASP.NET Web Service, Windows Communication Foundation (WCF), etc. to make use of knowledge about the research topics in SOA, and to discover future development trends.
| Course Code |
MT380 |
| Course Title |
Service oriented architecture |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) intends to explain the SOA and the related topics including Web Services and Cloud Computing. Web Services (such as KSOAP, REST) make use of the notion of a service- oriented architecture, they are independent of specific programming languages or operating systems. They rely on existing transport technologies, such as HTTP, and XML, for invoking the implementation. This outlines a range of new technologies for designing and implementing service-oriented applications that support machine-to-machine collaboration. It illustrates the rational of SOA in how to construct and to build web service oriented applications, such as ASP.NET Web Service, Windows Communication Foundation (WCF), etc. to make use of knowledge about the research topics in SOA, and to discover future development trends. |
| Course Objectives |
This Module discovers the concepts and technologies for the state of art topics: Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) and Cloud Computing. It identify a comprehensive and systematic understanding to the latest SOA and Cloud Computing technologies. Moreover, it examine practical experience in designing large-scale composite web service applications. After finishing successfully this Module you should be able to:
- Discover the benefit of using Service-Oriented Architecture to design modern software systems
- Interpret the key features and building blocks of Web Service including WSDL, SOAP and UDDI
- Develop programs using Microsoft .NET and C# language
- Apply service-based web application using ASP.NET and AJAX
- Create service-oriented application using Windows Communication Foundation
build RESTful web service using Windows Communication Foundation - Outline the relationship between Cloud Computing and SOA; compare different cloud computing services
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to have: - Construct a well-founded knowledge in the field of study.
- Compare other disciplines that are related to the field of study.
- Develop international perspective on the field of study.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to:
- Collect, analyse and organise information and ideas and to convey those ideas clearly and fluently, in both written and spoken forms.
- Interact effectively with others in order to work towards a common outcome.
- Select and use the appropriate level, style and means of communication.
- Engage effectively and appropriately with information and communication technologies.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to: - Develop programs using Microsoft .NET and C# and service-based web application using ASP.NET and AJAX
- Build service-oriented application using Windows Communication Foundation
- Build RESTful web service using Windows Communication Foundation
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to: - Work and learn independently.
- Generate ideas and adapt innovatively to changing environments.
- Identify problems creates solutions, innovate and improve current practices
|
MT390 Image Processing
(3) Credit Hours
Image Processing is an important field of study and MT390 is meant to provide students with the basic knowledge of this field. Along with the importance of Image Processing in traditional areas such as Medical Diagnosis, Industrial Inspections, Security Systems, Robotics etc., the pervasiveness of smart phones equipped with powerful cameras has increased the need for Image Processing due to the availability of large amount of image data. This module is intended to provide students the opportunity to study the basics of the important field of Image Processing.
| Course Code |
MT390 |
| Course Title |
Image Processing |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
Image Processing is an important field of study and MT390 is meant to provide students with the basic knowledge of this field. Along with the importance of Image Processing in traditional areas such as Medical Diagnosis, Industrial Inspections, Security Systems, Robotics etc., the pervasiveness of smart phones equipped with powerful cameras has increased the need for Image Processing due to the availability of large amount of image data. This module is intended to provide students the opportunity to study the basics of the important field of Image Processing. |
| Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are to:
- Introduce students to the important field of Image Processing.
- Teach students the fundamental concepts related to image Representations and Enhancements.
- Impart to the students knowledge about Intensity Transformations and Spatial Domain Filtering.
- Introduce students to the concepts of 2-D Fourier Transform and the basics of Frequency Domain Filtering.
- Introduce students to the topics of Image Segmentation, Image Coding and their related techniques.
- Enable students to implement basic image processing algorithms using the Matlab Programming environment.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of: - Basic image representation concepts.
- Spatial domain image processing techniques of intensity transformation and filtering.
- Frequency domain image processing techniques of filtering and masking.
- Data reduction and image coding methods.
- Basic image segmentation concepts and techniques.
B. Cognitive skills
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
- Critically evaluate and suggest spatial domain processing techniques for image enhancement purposes.
- Analyse and suggest appropriate frequency domain filtering techniques suitable for image processing tasks.
- Critically interpret histogram data of images and suggest appropriate image processing techniques for image enhancement.
- Analyze various image coding techniques and select the appropriate one for a particular task.
- Evaluate and interpret image segmentation results.
C. Practical and professional skills
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: - Apply skills and concepts from the course to develop practical image processing projects.
- Develop, Interpret and Implement image enhancement techniques both in the spatial and frequency domains.
- Perform Matlab simulations of practical image processing algorithms including image enhancement, coding and segmentation.
D. Key transferable skills
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: - Apply the mathematical and algorithmic skills acquired in this course to other areas of study and work.
- Carry out independent learning on topics related to image processing and computing.
- Communicate ideas and concepts about image processing techniques effectively both in writing as well as in any group discussion or environment.
|
MT395 Applied Cyber Security
(3) Credit Hours
In today’s world, organizations must be prepared to defend against threats in cyberspace. Decision makers must be familiar with the basic principles and best practices of cyber security to best protect their enterprises.
| Course Code |
MT395 |
| Course Title |
Applied Cyber Security |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
In today’s world, organizations must be prepared to defend against threats in cyberspace. Decision makers must be familiar with the basic principles and best practices of cyber security to best protect their enterprises. |
| Course Objectives |
The aims and objectives of this module are to:
- Describe and discuss a range of topics in cyber security management.
- Describe cyber security governance and the implementation of an integrated security mechanism.
- Identify cyber security threats and explain risk analysis and management.
- Allow students to perform independent research in the area and to critically read and analyse third party material.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module you will be able to:
- Describe cyber security fundamentals
- Explain cyber security management and its importance to organizations
- Evaluate the principles of cyber security governance to sustain and improve the security posture of an organisation
- Interpret the importance of risk analysis and management in protecting an organization from cyber threats
- Evaluate cyber security management policies, standards, and processes
- Define the most common cyber security threats and analyse appropriate countermeasures
- Describe and discuss the application of an integrated security mechanism
B. Cognitive skills
- Recognise and define the main issues and challenges related to protecting and safeguarding organisations from cyber security risks
- Read, evaluate, and critically review technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on topics related to cyber security, risk management, threat detection and countermeasures
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module you will be able to: - Use the studied concepts to analyse and assess the cyber security risks
- Identify the threats to information security and take appropriate countermeasures
D. Key transferable skills- Demonstrate independent self-learning capabilities in order to tackle more advanced topics and remain up-to-date in the field of cyber security
- Employ your technical writing skills on topics related to cyber security and cyber security management
|
T215A Communication and Information Technologies A
(8) Credit Hours
Students will begin with Communication and information technologies (T215) – learning about the core principles upon which new technologies are built. They will gain an understanding of the ways in which data is stored, manipulated and transmitted; and discover how new processes and services are transforming our lives.
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play.
This module will help students learn more about these developments, and will equip them with the understanding and skills to continue learning about new developments in the future. Students will study the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
After studying this module, students will be in a better position to appreciate the potential of developments in communication and information technologies.
| Course Code |
T215A |
| Course Title |
Communication and Information Technologies A |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Students will begin with Communication and information technologies (T215) – learning about the core principles upon which new technologies are built. They will gain an understanding of the ways in which data is stored, manipulated and transmitted; and discover how new processes and services are transforming our lives.
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play.
This module will help students learn more about these developments, and will equip them with the understanding and skills to continue learning about new developments in the future. Students will study the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
After studying this module, students will be in a better position to appreciate the potential of developments in communication and information technologies.
|
| Course Objectives |
- To introduce students to modern topics in ICTs.
- To develop student's skills in managing technologies of data storage and computer networks.
- To develop students skills in the technologies of mobile communication systems with an emphasis on mobile telephony.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Describe key principles and concepts of digital communication and information systems and their component devices, including such topics as LANs, WLANs, mobile communication networks, encoding, modulation, multiplexing, routing, and standards.
- Explain key principles and concepts relating to digital data including the storage, manipulation and transmission of digital data.
- Identify major trends in communication and information technologies.
- Enhance their scientific reading and writing skills for writing short reports.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the communication and information systems that feature in the module and of their underlying technologies and component devices
- Apply their understanding of the communication and information systems that feature in the module, their underlying technologies and component devices in specified contexts, updating themselves about the systems, technologies and devices as necessary.
- Use knowledge gained from the module to help them to figure out new or unfamiliar communication and information systems in specified situations; describe and explain such systems and their technologies and devices; apply their understanding in specified contexts.
- Analyze and discuss some of the technological, social, legal, ethical and personal issues that relate to communication and information systems, technologies and devices.
- Realize an overview of the way in which mobile telephone systems have developed from its first generation till LTE stage.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Critique draft materials in order to improve them
- Use standard office and communication software effectively to support their work
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively and without plagiarism on a range of topics relating to communication and information systems through a variety of different media, using styles, language and images appropriate to purpose, audience and medium
- Perform simple calculations relating to communication and information systems, use and manipulate simple algebraic equations and interpret and produce graphical and tabular data
- Use information technology to find information from various sources and evaluate that information
- Develop a range of skills as an independent learner to support them in learning through the module materials and through other resources that they seek out for themselves.
|
T215B Communication and Information Technologies B
(8) Credit Hours
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play. This module will help you to learn more about these developments through studying the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
This module will also help you to raise students’ awareness of some of the technologies and issues associated with safeguarding the privacy of digital information and the people who are affected by its use – hence the themes ‘protecting’ and ‘prying’.
These themes are explored through case studies and practical examples. A recurring approach is the use of an analytical framework that uses five themes to examine the technologies and issues: convenience, identity, reliability, acceptability and consequences.
| Course Code |
T215B |
| Course Title |
Communication and Information Technologies B |
| Pre-requisite |
TM255 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play. This module will help you to learn more about these developments through studying the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
This module will also help you to raise students’ awareness of some of the technologies and issues associated with safeguarding the privacy of digital information and the people who are affected by its use – hence the themes ‘protecting’ and ‘prying’.
These themes are explored through case studies and practical examples. A recurring approach is the use of an analytical framework that uses five themes to examine the technologies and issues: convenience, identity, reliability, acceptability and consequences.
|
| Course Objectives |
- Increase the knowledge of the basic principles of communication and information systems and technologies, and the issues relating to their use
- Develop the ability to apply the understanding of communication and information technologies to learn about new or unfamiliar systems and technologies
- Enable students to explore how personal and private data can be protected.
- Help students develop an understanding of audio and video encoding and editing.
- Develop a variety of skills appropriate to a practitioner in communication and information technologies.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Describe key principles and concepts relating to digital data including the availability of, mechanisms for protecting digital personal data, and the associated privacy and security issues related to it.
- Explain major trends of the fastest expanding areas of ICT, that of audio and video production and its potential for entertaining us.
- Understand key concepts, issues and technologies associated with online communication.
- Enhance the scientific reading and writing skills for writing long reports.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the fundamental building block of all modern security systems which is encryption.
- Apply their understanding of the themes of security framework for communication and information systems that feature in the module, their underlying technologies and component devices for applying biometrics as a measurement of human beings used to identify them in the context of authentication.
- Use knowledge gained from the module to help them to figure out new or unfamiliar topics; conveying information in audio and visual format, introduction for some tools that will assist in obtaining a simple digital video from a number of digital still images.
- Describe and discuss some of the technological, social, legal, ethical and personal issues that relate to securing personal data like preventing unauthorized people from having access to private information.
- Evaluate or compare communication and information systems suggested for a particular need and give a justified recommendation on their appropriateness
C. Practical and professional skills
- Upon completing this module, students should be able to:
- Critique draft materials in order to improve them
- Experiment with some fingerprint recognition tools and evaluate the system using the given data set.
- Use specialised software tools as AviSynth script language to provide the students with basic skills required to produce video from still images.
|
T216A Cisco networking (CCNA)-A
(8) Credit Hours
Students will begin with Cisco networking (CCNA) (T216). This will give them
the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment (which should also leave you well prepared for the industry-standard CCNA certification examination) They will also gain hands-on practical experience of configuring networks at four compulsory day schools.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND1) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Introduction to Networks
• Routing and switching essentials
| Course Code |
T216A |
| Course Title |
Cisco networking (CCNA)-A |
| Pre-requisite |
TM112 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Students will begin with Cisco networking (CCNA) (T216). This will give them
the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment (which should also leave you well prepared for the industry-standard CCNA certification examination) They will also gain hands-on practical experience of configuring networks at four compulsory day schools.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND1) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Introduction to Networks
• Routing and switching essentials |
| Course Objectives |
- Provide the student with the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
- Provide the student with hands-on experience of configuring networks.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module the student will be able to:
- Describe the role of protocol layers in data networks, and describe the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- Describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments
- Describe Ethernet and basic switching concepts, as well as the operation of Cisco switches
- Explain enhanced switching technologies such as VLANs, VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Per VLAN Spanning Tree Protocol (PVSTP), and 802.1q
- Describe the purpose, nature, and operations of a router, routing tables, and the route lookup process
- Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and how routing occurs between them
- Describe dynamic routing protocols, distance vector routing protocols, and link-state routing protocols
- Describe the operations and benefits of access control lists (ACLs) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS), and Network Address Translation (NAT)
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Design, calculate, and apply subnet masks and addresses to fulfil given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6 network
- Build simple Ethernet network using routers and switches
- Troubleshoot and monitor networks
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Build a simple Ethernet network using routers and switches
- Use Cisco command-line interface (CLI) commands to perform basic router and switch configurations
- Utilize common network utilities to verify small network operations and analyze data traffic
- Configure, monitor and troubleshoot: basic operations of a small switched network, static routing, default routing, basic operations of routers in a small routed network (RIPv1, RIPv2 and OSPF protocols (single-area OSPF)), VLANs, inter-VLAN routing, ACLs for IPv4 and IPv6, and NAT
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Build simple LANs, perform basic configurations for routers and switches, and implement IP addressing schemes.
- Configure and troubleshoot routers and switches, and resolve common issues with RIPv1, RIPv2, virtual LANs, and inter-VLAN routing in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.
|
T216B Cisco networking (CCNA)-B
(8) Credit Hours
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND2) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Scaling Networks
• Connecting networks
| Course Code |
T216B |
| Course Title |
Cisco networking (CCNA)-B |
| Pre-requisite |
T216A |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND2) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Scaling Networks
• Connecting networks
|
| Course Objectives |
- Provide the student with knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
- Provide the student with hands-on experience of configuring networks.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module the student will be able to: - Describe the operations and benefits of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
- Describe the operations and benefits of link aggregation and Cisco VLAN Trunk Protocol (VTP)
- Describe the operations and benefits of EtherChannel and HSRP.
- Explain the operations and benefits of Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol (single-area OSPF and multi-area OSPF)
- Explain the operations and benefits of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP)
- Describe the different WAN technologies and their benefits
- Explain the operations and benefits of Standard and Extended Access control list (ACL).
- xplain the common LAN security threats and how to mitigate them
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module the student will be able to:
- Troubleshoot networks
- Design network architectures for borderless networks, data centers and virtualization, and collaboration technology and solutions.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Configure and troubleshoot STP, RSTP, VTP, Extended VLAN, DTP, EtherChannel, HSRP, First Hop Redundancy Protocol, basic operations of routers in a complex routed network for IPv4 and IPv6, advanced operations of routers for IPv4 and IPv6, OSPF, and EIGRP .
- Configure and troubleshoot serial connections, broadband connections, ACL and IPSec tunnelling operations
- Monitor and troubleshoot network operations using syslog, SNMP, and NetFlow
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Configure and troubleshoot routers and switches. He will also resolve common issues with OSPF, EIGRP, STP, and VTP in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. In addition, he will also develop the knowledge and skills needed to implement an EtherChannel.
- Understand the selection criteria of network devices and WAN technologies to meet network requirements. Furthermore, he will learn how to configure and troubleshoot network devices and resolve common issues with data link protocols. Finally, he will also develop the knowledge and skills needed to implement IPSec and virtual private network (VPN) operations in a complex network.
|
T227 Change, strategy and projects at work
(8) Credit Hours
This module will improve students’ understanding of the origins, nature and consequences of change in the workplace. It also equips them with the knowledge, skills and competencies needed to successfully plan real practical projects. Besides, it allows students to gain an understanding of how ICTs both drive and enable change in the workplace. Moreover, it develops their knowledge, understanding and skills in project working and helps them to apply their new skills and knowledge to the planning of their own project involving the use of ICTs and associated business systems in their workplace.
| Course Code |
T227 |
| Course Title |
Change, strategy and projects at work |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module will improve students’ understanding of the origins, nature and consequences of change in the workplace. It also equips them with the knowledge, skills and competencies needed to successfully plan real practical projects. Besides, it allows students to gain an understanding of how ICTs both drive and enable change in the workplace. Moreover, it develops their knowledge, understanding and skills in project working and helps them to apply their new skills and knowledge to the planning of their own project involving the use of ICTs and associated business systems in their workplace. |
| Course Objectives |
- Gain an understanding of how social, technological, economic, environmental, political, legislative and ethical factors drive and enable change in the workplace.
- Develop knowledge, understanding, confidence and competence in project working and related employability skills
- Evaluate, develop and review personal, academic and professional skills
- Apply skills and knowledge to planning and presenting a project proposal that is capable of being implemented in their workplace.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Identify, analyse and explain the factors driving change in the workplace and the opportunities for introducing change, along with the associated challenges and consequences in terms of human and other factors.
- Understand and explain the processes involved in designing, planning, monitoring, implementing and reviewing work-based projects.
- Make effective use of appropriate information and communication technologies, and understand and explain their role in planning and communicating information relating to a work-based project designed to implement some aspect of workplace change.
B. Cognitive skills
- Apply knowledge and understanding effectively to a range of issues, questions and problems arising from the planning of a work-based project.
- Explore, analyse and evaluate practical ways of improving workplace practices using appropriate information and communication technologies to develop components of a personal work-based project.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Use the workplace to learn, practise and develop your professional competence.
- Use appropriate information and communication technologies in a professional context.
- Plan, organise your time and work effectively.
- Review, analyse and record ongoing learning needs to maintain and develop skills in the context of the workplace using appropriate information and communication technologies.
- Develop an awareness of ethical issues relevant to the workplace.
D. Key transferable skills
- Plan, monitor and evaluate your study as an independent learner.
- Use appropriate information and communication technologies to support your own learning.
- Identify, critically assess and use information or data accurately in a range of contexts.
- Communicate information, arguments and ideas effectively using technologies, styles and language appropriate to purpose and audience.
- Critically compare, analyse and use a variety of approaches appropriate to understanding issues or problems arising in the context of workplace change and projects.
|
T316 Advanced Networking
(8) Credit Hours
With the continuous advancements in the networking field, the need arises for teaching advanced networking concepts. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing advanced networking topics complementing those introduced in T216A/B.
| Course Code |
T316 |
| Course Title |
Advanced Networking |
| Pre-requisite |
T216B |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
With the continuous advancements in the networking field, the need arises for teaching advanced networking concepts. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing advanced networking topics complementing those introduced in T216A/B. |
| Course Objectives |
- Describe the various wireless networks along with their coexistence, cooperation, and interaction, while introducing a system level approach and providing an overview of recent research topics.
- Describe the concepts of sensor networks along with their underlying challenges, including power efficiency, routing, and multihop communications
- Discuss the challenges related to massive machine type communications inherent in large sensor networks deployments under the internet of things (IoT) paradigm).
- Explain the concepts of software defined networks (SDN) and network function virtualization (NFV).
- Define big data and describe its use in cloud computing.
- Discuss cloud computing issues, and analyse the role of mobile clouds.
- Define and discuss quality of experience (QoE) requirements, and compare and contrast QoE with quality of service (QoS).
- Teach students the concepts of large data centres, data mining, their relation to big data, and explain data management and backup techniques.
- Explain advanced network management and administration topics, such as: self-organizing networks, network planning and design, and advanced routing.
- Equip students with advanced skills in personal updating and researching in the field of advanced networking. Students will be taught how to use third-party material in order to extract useful information for their personal and professional development
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Describe and analyse the operation of co-existing wireless networks and the possibilities of cooperation and interaction between these networks
- Discuss the role of sensor networks and machine-to-machine communications (M2M) in the internet of things (IoT) and describe the underlying challenges
- Describe the concepts of software defined networks (SDN) and network function virtualization (NFV), and discuss their role in advanced network management and administration
- Discuss advanced routing concepts, such as the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
- Discuss Cloud Computing and Big Data concepts
- Differentiate between QoE and QoS, and discuss QoE metrics for specific applications, e.g. voice (VoIP) and video
- Describe the operation of self-organizing networks (SON), and differentiate between self-configuration, self-optimization, and self-healing
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course you will be able to: - Analyse the interaction between different technologies and networks in a complex setup involving multiple networks
- Analyse the challenges faced by the different networks and assess the required techniques for enhancing the performance metrics (QoS, QoE, energy efficiency, security, etc.) of the various network types studied in the course
- Read, evaluate, and critically review advanced technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on a specific networking topic
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Use the studied concepts to analyse and assess the operation of complex networks
- Design and plan basic implementations of the advanced networks studied, and assess the management and operation of these networks, including the use of self-organization techniques
- Design QoE measurement and resource allocation techniques for enhancing QoE performance of networks using the studied concepts
- Be ready to tackle complex
networking scenarios through self-learning and research skills coupled with the
learned course material
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Become an independent self-learner in order to remain up-to-date with the continuous advancements in the field of advanced networking
- Improve your technical writing skills on topics related to networking and advanced networking
|
T318 Applied Network Security
(8) Credit Hours
People, organizations, and enterprises are becoming increasingly dependent on digital services. Therefore, the need arises to protect information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused.
| Course Code |
T318 |
| Course Title |
Applied Network Security |
| Pre-requisite |
T216B |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
People, organizations, and enterprises are becoming increasingly dependent on digital services. Therefore, the need arises to protect information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused. |
| Course Objectives |
- Define the threats to network security, and describe the differences between them.
- Describe encryption techniques, including symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods.
- Explain the most widely used encryption algorithms and standards, with focus on wireless, cloud, and internet security.
- Equip students to be able to assess and manage network security risks, and implement appropriate countermeasures.
- Allow students to perform independent research in the area and to critically read and analyse third party material.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Describe the operation of encryption techniques: symmetric and asymmetric ciphers, block and stream ciphers
- Define and explain the differences between different encryption algorithms and standards
- Analyse and compare the performance of different encryption methods
- Design and implement encryption algorithms
- Describe the protocols for physical, network, and transport level security
- Define the most common threats to network and internet security, explain their operation, and discuss their differences
- Describe the protocols and countermeasures used for protecting network and internet traffic
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Recognise the threats to network security and assess their inherent risks
- Read, evaluate, and critically review technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on topics related to network security and cryptography algorithms
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Use the studied concepts to implement, analyse, and assess different encryption algorithms and techniques
- Identify the threats to network security and take appropriate countermeasures
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Become an independent self-learner in order to tackle more advanced topics and remain up-to-date in the field of network security
- Improve your technical writing skills on topics related to cryptography and network security
|
T321 Operating System Server Administration
(8) Credit Hours
The recent advancements and development in the field of information and communication technology required in depth knowledge of Operating Systems along with the management of Servers hosting various services required for smooth operation of the network. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing the various roles of the Operating Systems and its implementation in forming the advanced networks.
| Course Code |
T321 |
| Course Title |
Operating System Server Administration |
| Pre-requisite |
T216A |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
The recent advancements and development in the field of information and communication technology required in depth knowledge of Operating Systems along with the management of Servers hosting various services required for smooth operation of the network. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing the various roles of the Operating Systems and its implementation in forming the advanced networks.
|
| Course Objectives |
The aims and objectives of this course are to:
• Discuss the various parts of Linux. Identifying the major components of Linux Operating System. Describing different type of Linux distributions and identifying the steps for Linux Installation.
• Explain the concepts of User and Group accounts, how to secure them and what are the consequences on the systems security.
• Discuss the features of filesystems and how to make use of tools to secure the data stored on the filesystem.
• Discuss the goal of automation and how to make the process easier and more fool proof to make the system more secure.
• Discuss the role of networking which is the key component in the modern-day operating systems. Also, how to implement features to protect systems from network-based attacks.
• Teach students the concepts of process in Linux environment, its importance and how it impacts on overall systems health and security.
• Explain how to manage the growing software requirements of Linux, such as various distributions diverge and use of series of commands and utilities.
• Equip students with advanced skills related to large number of Linux Security features. Students will be taught mitigating techniques such as “Footprinting”, used by hackers to discover information about systems. Also, the role of Firewalls and Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS), including additional security tasks.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the course, you will be able to: - Identified various components of Linux Operating System and able to install the different distributions of Linux.
- Describe the various types of User and Group accounts and how to secure them.
- Describe the features of Linux file system and able to use variety of inbuilt tools to secure the data and file system.
- Discuss the process of automation and how it is used in optimization the performance.
- Discuss the importance of networking and able to identify and configure the operating system features to protect the network from adversarial attacks.
- Describe and fine tune the process in Linux environment and how it impacts on the overall health and security of the system.
- Discuss the operation of Linux software requirements and updates using commands and utilities.
- Describe the role of Firewalls, IDS and differentiate between “Footpriniting and Reconnaissance" attacks.
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course you will be able to: - Get hands-on instructions installing the Linux Operating System and managing the server side administration activities.
- Analyse and assess the different type of challenges in manging and user and group accounts. Also, able to enhance the system performance using Linux tools and through automation, including the protection of operating system from attacks.
- Able to implement the basic and advance security measures to harden the defence using, Firewalls, IDS and manage the Footprinting and Reconnaissance attacks.
- Read, evaluate, and synthesise the main concepts of the module into a clear and critical view of the strengths, weaknesses, and future direction of Operating Systems administration.
C. Practical and professional skills After studying the course you will be able to: - Identify various components and distributions of Linux Operating Systems and install them on standalone Server and in networked environment.
- Manage and maintain the user and group accounts with implementation of appropriate permissions and optimize the performance through automation.
- Harden the network through secure deployment of security patches, system updated and protection from adversarial attacks.
- Be ready to tackle operating system and server administrations tasks and how to configure Firewalls, IDS and Reconnaissance attacks.
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the course you will be able to: - Become an independent self-learner to remain up-to-date in the field of network and more specifically on managing with Linux Operating System and Server side administration.
- Communicate effectively about requirements and ideas, handle the range of problems / issues related to operating system administration.
|
T802 Research Project
(16) Credit Hours
T802 is a Research Project course, with individual research topics selected by the students related to their pathway of study. (i.e. either Software Development of Information Security and Forensics) Teaching material therefore consists of guidance on research, data analysis, project report structure and writing.
| Course Code |
T802 |
| Course Title |
Research Project |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
16 |
| Course Description |
T802 is a Research Project course, with individual research topics selected by the students related to their pathway of study. (i.e. either Software Development of Information Security and Forensics) Teaching material therefore consists of guidance on research, data analysis, project report structure and writing. |
| Course Objectives |
The aim of T802 is to enable students to carry out a significant piece of research in the subject area of their degree, and to write up the research and conclusions in a formal dissertation. The research will have professional relevance, but may or may not be directly associated with a company or other organization. In the process of following the module, students will: - Investigate in depth an issue or problem that is of professional relevance and/or personal interest to them, which may also be of relevance to an organization with which they have links – such as an employer, charity or non-governmental organization – and is of interest to the wider academic, business or professional community
- Develop their knowledge of recent research in their chosen topic, and its implications and application in different organizations
- Become competent in research methods:
- Develop the capacity to plan, organize and carry out an extended independent study at masters level
- Demonstrate self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon their own work
- Develop skills in the written communication of research work at masters level.
Students will learn how to develop a research proposal; carry out a literature search and write a critical review of the literature; select suitable research methods and integrate them within a research methodology; carry out research processes; analyze results to draw conclusions; and write up their research in the form of a dissertation. The students' research work will be related to their individual pathway of study (i.e. either the Software Development pathway or the Information Security and Forensics pathway).
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Knowledge and understanding of the conduct of research processes at MSc
level, from problem definition through defining, planning and carrying out a
research, to final academic writing, in a selected field relevant to the
qualification sought.
B. Cognitive skills
- Analyse complex situations in order to select issues or problem situations suitable for research
- Evaluate other research by comparing and contrasting findings in technical journals, proceedings and reports, in order to
- Establish the wider context of the issues or problems selected, and
- Derive research questions to be answered and/or hypotheses to be tested
- Select appropriate research methods and techniques l plan a programme of research
- Carry out a research programme involving the processes of observing, measuring and other forms of data collection as appropriate, making informed judgments in the absence of complete data
- Deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively taking account of legal and ethical issues
- Summarise and interpret observations and results, in order to produce information relevant to the research questions/hypotheses
- Synthesise arguments and draw conclusions from the information obtained
- Identify gaps in theory and specify further work to be carried out.
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon own work.
C. Practical and professional skills
- select appropriate texts, journals and reports, and assess applicability to a particular workplace scenario or area of academic or professional interest
- evaluate the work of other researchers and appraise new developments in the area of interest
- identify and define problems and issues in a professional context
- select appropriate research methods
- advocating the appropriate use of technologies and/or problem solving techniques
- Design and develop a research plan
- Carry out research without supervision
- observe and assess results
- draw conclusions
- Write detailed reports
- Operate within the legal and ethical constraints and procedures relevant to the area of research.
D. Key transferable skills
- Explore the demands of the work and formulate viable proposals for meeting those demands
- Plan to manage the work, and meet personal skill-development needs
- Advance own knowledge and understanding through independent learning
- Manage the work, adapting strategy to resolve a major complex problem and achieve the quality of outcomes required
- Communicate clearly knowledge, ideas, and conclusions about the students chosen specialist area using appropriate media, for specialist and non-specialist audiences and present research outcomes in a written dissertation.
|
T828-A Network Security-A
(4) Credit Hours
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles
| Course Code |
T828-A |
| Course Title |
Network Security-A |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles |
| Course Objectives |
The T828 (parts A and B) module aims to give students a holistic understanding of the fundamentals of network security together with the skills required by a network security professional. In particular, it aims to: - Provide an in-depth, theoretical understanding of network security management
- Provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design and support network security
- Provide an experience-oriented course that employs industry-relevant instructional approaches to prepare students for associate-level jobs in the industry
Enable students to have significant hands-on interaction with IT equipment to prepare them for certification exams and career opportunities
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have knowledge and understanding of: - Network security threats
- Operations, Physical and Environmental Security
- Network infrastructure and devices
- Security Architecture and Design
- Authentication, Authorisation and Auditing
- Firewalls, Intrusion prevention
B. Cognitive skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the ability to: - Integrate knowledge and skills from various sources into a coherent whole, making the appropriate abstractions
- Deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively, making informed judgements in the absence of complete data
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon your own work
- Solve problems using network modelling tools and real equipment.
C. Practical and professional skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the professional skills to: - Prepare cases advocating the appropriate use of advanced security technologies
- Prepare to gain industry-recognised certification.
D. Key transferable skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will also be able to: - Develop your problem-solving skills and apply them independently to professional or equivalent level tasks/projects/functions
- Work with others to refine your ideas, leading to an improved understanding of key concepts within the computing systems context
- Build and maintain advanced networks using Cisco equipment.
|
T828-B Network Security-B
(4) Credit Hours
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles.
| Course Code |
T828-B |
| Course Title |
Network Security-B |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles. |
| Course Objectives |
The T828 (parts A and B) module aims to give students a holistic understanding of the fundamentals of network security together with the skills required by a network security professional. In particular, it aims to: - Provide an in-depth, theoretical understanding of network security management.
- Provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design and support network security
- Provide an experience-oriented course that employs industry-relevant instructional approaches to prepare students for associate-level jobs in the industry
Enable students to have significant hands-on interaction with IT equipment to prepare them for certification exams and career opportunities
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have knowledge and understanding of: - Network security threats
- Network infrastructure and devices
- Cryptography and virtual private networks
- Information security risk management
B. Cognitive skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the ability to: - Integrate knowledge and skills from various sources into a coherent whole, making the appropriate abstractions
- Deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively, making informed judgements in the absence of complete data
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon your own work
- Solve problems using network modelling tools and real equipment.
C. Practical and professional skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the professional skills to: - Prepare cases advocating the appropriate use of advanced security technologies
- Prepare to gain industry-recognised certification.
D. Key transferable skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will also be able to: - Develop your problem-solving skills and apply them independently to professional or equivalent level tasks/projects/functions
- Work with others to refine your ideas, leading to an improved understanding of key concepts within the computing systems context
- Build and maintain advanced networks using Cisco equipment.
|
TM103 Computer Organization and Architecture
(4) Credit Hours
This module offers a clear and comprehensive survey about computer organization and architecture. It introduces the inner workings of a modern digital computer through an integrated presentation of fundamental concepts and principles
| Course Code |
TM103 |
| Course Title |
Computer Organization and Architecture |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module offers a clear and comprehensive survey about computer organization and architecture. It introduces the inner workings of a modern digital computer through an integrated presentation of fundamental concepts and principles |
| Course Objectives |
To emphasize on the concept of computer organization.
To emphasize on the concept computer architecture. To comprehend the different core concepts behind the hardware layer of a computer system. To recognize the mathematical concepts of the low level computer structure (circuits and gates). To know the processor's instruction sets architecture and implementation. To recognize the memory organization concept and methods
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
The module provides student with an understanding of: - Historical developments of computers.
- The Von-Neumann Model.
- Data representation and arithmetic in Computer Systems.
- Boolean Algebra and Digital Logic.
- Assembly language of an intuitive architecture (MARIE).
- Memory organization and addressing modes.
- Cache memory mapping Schemes.
B. Cognitive skills
To be able to
- Identify the different parts of any computer system and understand their roles.
- Understand the instruction set of any modern computer system.
- Evaluate the performance of modern computer systems.
C. Practical and professional skills
To be able to
- Have an awareness of the process of designing, writing and testing MARIE assembly programs.
- Use low level programming skills appropriate to a task.
- Ability to use the MARIE and data path simulator software.
D. Key transferable skills
To be able to - Interact effectively within a group using electronic conferencing techniques.
- Contribute to discussions on a conference.
- Improve own learning and performance.
- Communicate effectively about testing strategies, design and low level codes.
- Use electronic media (the web and electronic conferencing) for information retrieval and communication.
|
TM105 Introduction to Programming
(4) Credit Hours
This module is an introductory level programming module and it is meant to provide basic foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve simple problems. Thereafter, they will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Java). This module serves as foundation for second level programming modules.
| Course Code |
TM105 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Programming |
| Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module is an introductory level programming module and it is meant to provide basic foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve simple problems. Thereafter, they will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Java). This module serves as foundation for second level programming modules. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to: - Introduce the technique of solving simple problems using pseudocode.
- Introduce Java programming via writing, compiling and executing simple programs.
- Present how to store and deal with data including variables, constants, and expressions.
- Cover deeply the concepts of program control structure and illustrate each concept with a diagrammatic notation using UML.
- Present how these concepts are implemented in Java.
- Introduce the concept of modularization and how to write Java methods.
- Present how to deal with basic data structures like strings, arrays and two dimensional arrays.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Understanding of the design and programming processes
- Knowledge of the main constructs and mechanisms in programming using Java language.
- Understanding of the techniques used in developing a medium Java application.
- Understanding of the basic data structures like strings, arrays and two dimensional arrays.
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module, the student should be able to: - Describe and apply key concepts and techniques in software design and development.
- Analyse and abstract away from the details of a problem.
- Design and formulate an appropriate solution to a problem and evaluate it.
- Deal professionally with the basic data structures.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module, the student should be able to: - Create, develop and trace Java programs.
- Use software tools such as a Java IDE and an On-line Java compiler.
- Use appropriate programming skills.
- Traverse data in the basic data structures in a professional way.
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module, the student should be able to: - Find information from a range of sources to support a task.
- Plan medium tasks.
- Use Java libraries.
- Use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills.
|
TM111 Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 1
(8) Credit Hours
This is an introductory level 1 module, which provides students with a broad introduction to Computing and Information Technology concepts, principles and theories.
| Course Code |
TM111 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 1 |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This is an introductory level 1 module, which provides students with a broad introduction to Computing and Information Technology concepts, principles and theories. |
| Course Objectives |
- Help students to develop their understanding about the significant role of computers in our lives.
- Explore some processes by which sound and images in the real world are captured and stored and may be shared with peers and the wider world through social networking sites.
- Introduce students to algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life.
- Enhance student's knowledge about implementing solutions to simple problems in a visual programming.
- Introduce students to the key concepts and technologies underpinning the communication networks.
- Prepare the student for further academic study by helping him develop his study skills.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Understand the fundamental principles, concepts and techniques underlying Computing and IT.
- Explore various situations in which Computing and IT systems are used, the ways in which people interact with them, and the possibilities and limitations of such systems
- Be aware of the ethical, social and legal issues that can be associated with the development and deployment of Computing & IT systems.
- Demonstrate an understanding of algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life.
- Understand the general principles, roles of various components, and the challenges involved in sending data across communication networks.
- Know how to find, rank and reference information; how to build your information literacy skills and how to interpret data in different forms.
B. Cognitive skills
- Evaluate key computing and IT concepts in a range of contexts.
- Apply appropriate techniques and tools for abstracting, modelling, problem solving, designing and testing computing and IT systems.
- Compare, contrast, critically analyze and refine specifications and implementations of software systems and/or simple hardware systems.
- Identify situations in which different network technologies may be used.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Communicate information, arguments, ideas and issues clearly and in appropriate ways, bearing in mind the audience for and the purpose of your communication.
- Use appropriate numerical and mathematical skills to carry out calculations and analyze data.
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning
- Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as study planning, learning from feedback and reading actively
D Key transferable skills
- Evaluate computing and IT systems, using appropriate simulation and modelling tools where appropriate
- Use a range of resources to help you develop as an independent learner.
- Use information literacy skills, computers and software packages appropriate to the workplace.
- Communicate appropriately with your tutor and other students using email, online conferences and forums.
|
TM112 Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 2
(8) Credit Hours
This module will further develop and extend the skills and knowledge that students will have built up by studying its partner module TM111. The overall focus of TM112 is on developing the students’ problem solving skills.
| Course Code |
TM112 |
| Course Title |
Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 2 |
| Pre-requisite |
M110 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module will further develop and extend the skills and knowledge that students will have built up by studying its partner module TM111. The overall focus of TM112 is on developing the students’ problem solving skills. |
| Course Objectives |
- Help students to practice the use of computing and information technologies to solve problems.
- Explore a variety of information technologies, from basic computer architecture, cloud computing, mobile/wireless and location-based computing Introduces the students to algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life.
- Enhance student's knowledge about implementing solutions to simple problems in a visual programming.
- Focus on how to examine computing and information technology problems and solutions in their real-world context, with a focus on information security
- Develop numeracy skills (including algebra) in the context of information technologies and programming activities
- Prepare the student for further academic study by helping him develop his study skills
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Understand the fundamental principles, concepts and techniques underlying Computing and IT.
- Identify a range of models to support the analysis and design of Computing and IT systems
- Know how to implement solutions to simple problems using Python programming language.
- Be aware of the of the range of situations in which Computing and IT systems are used, the ways in which people interact with them, and the possibilities and limitations of such systems
- Understand the ethical, social and legal issues that can be associated with the development and deployment of Computing & IT systems
- Describe major trends in Computing and IT and of the implications of these trends
B. Cognitive skills
- Evaluate key computing and IT concepts in a range of contexts.
- Apply appropriate techniques and tools for abstracting, modelling, problem solving, designing and testing computing and IT systems.
- Compare, contrast, critically analyze and refine specifications and implementations of software systems and/or simple hardware systems.
- Carry out a project in computing and IT that applies and extends student's knowledge and understanding, and critically reflect on the processes involved and the outcomes of student's work.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Communicate information, arguments, ideas and issues clearly and in appropriate ways, bearing in mind the audience for and the purpose of your communication.
- Use appropriate numerical and mathematical skills to carry out calculations and analyze data.
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning
- Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as study planning, learning from feedback and reading actively
D. Key transferable skills
- Evaluate computing and IT systems, using appropriate simulation and modelling tools where appropriate
- Use a range of resources to help you develop as an independent learner.
- Use information literacy skills, computers and software packages appropriate to the workplace.
- Communicate appropriately with your tutor and other students using email, online conferences and forums.
|
TM129 Technologies in Practice
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides an opportunity to sample some of the key areas in computing and information technology. Students will be introduced to three subjects as tasters for their future studies and career: robotics, networking and operating systems. Studying these subjects will enable students to develop essential skills if they are considering future employment in the computing and IT industry. Students will also better understand the different routes through the curriculum offered by the faculty of computer studies. They will be applying what they learn to a series of practical activities, to demonstrate their skills and understanding in these areas to potential employers.
| Course Code |
TM129 |
| Course Title |
Technologies in Practice |
| Pre-requisite |
M110 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module provides an opportunity to sample some of the key areas in computing and information technology. Students will be introduced to three subjects as tasters for their future studies and career: robotics, networking and operating systems. Studying these subjects will enable students to develop essential skills if they are considering future employment in the computing and IT industry. Students will also better understand the different routes through the curriculum offered by the faculty of computer studies. They will be applying what they learn to a series of practical activities, to demonstrate their skills and understanding in these areas to potential employers. |
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to:
• Provides students with an opportunity to sample some key areas in computing and IT –robotics, networking and operating systems.
• Develop essential skills for employment in the computing and IT industry.
• Recognize the professional and ethical issues associated with the deployment of digital systems.
• Gather, evaluate and use different types of information.
• Facilitate the management of students’ self-learning development in term of time management and self-organization skills.
|
| Course Outcomes |
|
TM240 Computer Graphics and Multimedia
(4) Credit Hours
This module targets to cope with the current advances in computer graphics and multimedia and providing clear and concise explanations of the basic concepts of computer graphics and multimedia. This module is expected to enable students to gain understanding of basics of modelling, viewing, animation principles in both 2D and 3D and the impact of such topics on modern multimedia aspects.
| Course Code |
TM240 |
| Course Title |
Computer Graphics and Multimedia |
| Pre-requisite |
MT132 & TM105 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This module targets to cope with the current advances in computer graphics and multimedia and providing clear and concise explanations of the basic concepts of computer graphics and multimedia. This module is expected to enable students to gain understanding of basics of modelling, viewing, animation principles in both 2D and 3D and the impact of such topics on modern multimedia aspects. |
| Course Objectives |
- Introduce all aspects of the hardware and software components of computer graphics.
- Provide Knowledge to perform 2D and 3D geometric transformations.
- Describe the algorithms for projection, viewing and clipping of graphs.
- Identify how to graphics software and hardware.
- Provide Knowledge to evaluate the performance of graphics systems.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Describe the basic principles of computer graphics.
- Explain the different operations in graphics systems such as transformations, projects, views, texturing, lighting, shading, animation and clipping.
- Select the suitable hardware and software of a graphics system for a specific application.
- Explain graphics algorithms.
- Develop graphics applications in Java.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Evaluate graphics hardware and software.
- Compare the different computer graphics applications.
- Select the suitable graphics hardware for different applications.
- Evaluate 3D modelling techniques.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Develop graphics applications using advanced APIs
- Apply computer graphics concepts and techniques to develop graphics and visualization applications
- Model 3D objects.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Effectively communicate oral and written.
- Work in a team.
- Effectively manage resources and time.
|
TM254 Managing IT: the why, the what and the how
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides a basis for further study of IT management, and introduces the student to many of the concepts that are tested by the BCS Professional Certification in IS Project Management and IT Service Management. In addition, the module will help the student to develop important skills particularly relevant to the workplace, such as written communication skills, information literacy, independent learning, entrepreneurship, critical analysis and team working. In an IT context, the module will provide practitioners with relevant experience, skills and insight into project management and service management. This module aims to
| Course Code |
TM254 |
| Course Title |
Managing IT: the why, the what and the how |
| Pre-requisite |
M110 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module provides a basis for further study of IT management, and introduces the student to many of the concepts that are tested by the BCS Professional Certification in IS Project Management and IT Service Management. In addition, the module will help the student to develop important skills particularly relevant to the workplace, such as written communication skills, information literacy, independent learning, entrepreneurship, critical analysis and team working. In an IT context, the module will provide practitioners with relevant experience, skills and insight into project management and service management. This module aims to
|
| Course Objectives |
The overall aim of the module is to give students an introduction to and understanding of the principles, concepts and techniques associated with Project Management and Service Management. The context for the module is Computing and Information Technology, thus project management and service management principles and problems that are specific to this context will be emphasised. Alongside project management and service management will run further strands for database management systems and team working that will be used to illustrate and to put into practice concepts learnt in the other parts of the module. This will provide students with a practical experience of working in a team that is necessary for BCS accreditation and to meet the requirements of the Benchmark Statement in Computing.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will have knowledge and understanding of: A1. Demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the ITIL Service Management terminology, practices and framework; the structure and concepts of ITIL, and the core principles of service management. A2. Demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the principles, concepts and techniques associated with the process of project management.
A3. Describe the various types of project and project lifecycles and apply them in an information technology context. A4. Reflect on the issues and processes that relate to the collaborative planning and execution of an information technology project in a virtual context
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will have developed the following cognitive skills: B1. Apply your knowledge and understanding to a range of issues and problems in Service Management. B2. Use a variety of techniques to draw up a project plan that will meet the competing demands of scope, time, cost and quality. B3. Critically appraise a project and its organisation, management, process and outcomes, and reflect on the experience of working in a small team. B4. Apply your knowledge and understanding to a constrained problem and analyse the outcomes. B5. Analyse and specify requirements B6. Apply the analytical skills of analysis and design B7. Identify key elements of problems and apply problem solving techniques in designing an appropriate model C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to: C1. Communicate effectively about the subject, choosing appropriate media, using appropriate notations, terminology and references for the subject domain C2. Plan and manage your own time to study and to interact electronically with others. C3. Demonstrate numeracy in understanding, reasoning about and presenting project and service management problems from a quantitative perspective e.g. risk management issues that involve resources such as people, time and money. C4. Provide appropriate, effective documentation for the development process D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to: D1. Demonstrate an awareness of the ethical issues relevant to project management and service management. D2. Demonstrate an understanding of the professional certification frameworks in Project Management and Service Management. D3. Have an awareness of the software development process D4. Plan a complex task
|
TM255 Communication and Information Technologies
(8) Credit Hours
The module is designed to be a broad level 2 ICT module covering subjects such as wireless communications, collaborative working, interaction design and computer security. It particularly supports the ITC pathway of the IT and Computing qualification. The module is specifically designed to progress students towards their study of level 3 ICT modules such as TM355 Communications technology. This is achieved through the choice of technological topics introduced and the development of appropriate study skills and communication skills.
| Course Code |
TM255 |
| Course Title |
Communication and Information Technologies |
| Pre-requisite |
TM112 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
The module is designed to be a broad level 2 ICT module covering subjects such as wireless communications, collaborative working, interaction design and computer security. It particularly supports the ITC pathway of the IT and Computing qualification. The module is specifically designed to progress students towards their study of level 3 ICT modules such as TM355 Communications technology. This is achieved through the choice of technological topics introduced and the development of appropriate study skills and communication skills. |
| Course Objectives |
Module basic aims:
• Increase students’ knowledge of the basic principles of communication and information systems and technologies, and the issues relating to their use
• Develop students’ ability to apply their understanding of communication and information technologies to learn about new or unfamiliar systems and technologies
• develop a variety of skills appropriate to a practitioner in information and communication technologies
• teach student work as a group, where the collaboration is via communication technologies.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will have knowledge and
understanding of: A1.Understand the key principles and concepts of digital
communication and information systems and be aware of their
major trends and developments. A2.Have a clear understanding of the key principles of interaction
design, its processes and the importance of user centred
design. A3.Understand the key concepts, issues and technologies
associated with online communication and collaboration. A4.Be able to demonstrate your understanding of the key
principles and methods of securing digital data an
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will have developed the following
cognitive skills: B1.Apply your understanding of the communication and
information systems that feature in the module in specified
contexts and updating yourself about these systems and
technologies as necessary. B2.Use knowledge gained from the module to help you to
describe and explain the technologies of communication and
information systems and to understand new or unfamiliar
communication and information systems in specified
situations B3.Evaluate or compare communication and information systems
suggested for a particular need and give a justified
recommendation on their appropriateness. B4.Select, adapt and apply suitable interaction design
approaches and techniques towards the design of an
interactive product.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
C1.Critique draft materials in order to improve them C2.Use standard office and specialised software effectively to
support your work, both as an individual and in
collaboration with others in a distance setting. C3.Describe and discuss some of the technological, social, legal,
ethical and personal issues that relate to communication and
information systems and technologies
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
D1.Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas
effectively on a range of topics relating to communication and
information systems through a variety of different media, using
styles, language and images appropriate to purpose and
audience. D2.Use numerical skills to perform basic calculations relating to
communication and information systems and analyse data. D3.Work effectively as part of a group in a distance setting where
collaboration is undertaken via computer-mediated
communication. D4.Communicate effectively about requirements, design, and evaluation activities relating to interactive products.
|
TM256 Cyber Security
(8) Credit Hours
TM256 Cyber security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the second level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification include TM112 (Introduction to computing and IT 2); TM129 (Technologies in practice); TT284 (Web technologies); T216A (Cisco networking (CCNA) part 1); TM311 (Information security); TM359 (Systems penetration testing); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on Cyber Security is to address the gap in cyber security content within the qualification based on an analysis of other stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 modules. Areas covered here also includes operating systems security, infrastructure security, application security and foundations of digital forensic.
| Course Code |
TM256 |
| Course Title |
Cyber Security |
| Pre-requisite |
TM129 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
TM256 Cyber security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the second level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification include TM112 (Introduction to computing and IT 2); TM129 (Technologies in practice); TT284 (Web technologies); T216A (Cisco networking (CCNA) part 1); TM311 (Information security); TM359 (Systems penetration testing); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on Cyber Security is to address the gap in cyber security content within the qualification based on an analysis of other stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 modules. Areas covered here also includes operating systems security, infrastructure security, application security and foundations of digital forensic.
|
| Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to introduce and extend certain concepts of each high-level domain such as Systems security, infrastructure, software and platform security, that is not covered in the other modules of the qualification.
Specifically, students completing this module will be able to:
- Demonstrate competence in skills relevant to systems security.
- Understand and apply corresponding legal, social, ethical and professional principles.
- Implement a variety of systems security solutions.
- Become proficient in some areas of systems security.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module, learners will be able to: A1. Be aware of the principles, methods and tools relevant to the
technical and human factors of cyber security. A2. Demonstrate techniques and processes involved in
assessment of security infrastructure and related hardware
and software controls. A3. Understand theory and practice of systems security that
includes identifying associated threats, controls and policies. A4. Describe the governing principles of cyber operations,
incident response and management. A5. Discuss of the role of digital forensics within the larger
discipline of forensic science and the appropriate use of
scientific methods, including the legal requirements B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: B1. Recognise threats, vulnerabilities and attack methods and propose
appropriate mitigation and security controls towards the design and
implementation of secure system and infrastructure. B2. Evaluate the key principles involved in operation and management
of cyber incidents.
B3. Select appropriate concepts, tools and techniques for a given digital
forensics event. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: C1. Demonstrate understanding of prevailing standards
applicable to digital forensics and can recognise their
application, in a given context. C2. Undertake ongoing learning to keep up-to-date cyber security
developments within digital systems. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: D1. Communicate and analyse problems effectively within
computing environments using appropriate personal and
technical skills. D2. Formulate arguments and make informed decisions in
choosing appropriate techniques in solving a range of
technological problems.
|
TM260 Security, ethics and privacy in IT and Computing
(4) Credit Hours
The ITC specialists must conduct ethically by adhering to the ITC code of conduct and understand the social, professional and legal context of IT and computing,
| Course Code |
TM260 |
| Course Title |
Security, ethics and privacy in IT and Computing |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The ITC specialists must conduct ethically by adhering to the ITC code of conduct and understand the social, professional and legal context of IT and computing, |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to: increase students awareness of the ethical, professional and legal issues of IT and computing and the responsible use of ITC.
Upon the successful completion of this module students will be able to: - Consider the ethical issues related to ITC systems.
- Act ethically while making any profession related decisions.
- Apply all legal principles to intellectual property and ITC related situation.
- understand the emerging issues related to ethics in cyberspace
- Develop a sound methodology in resolving ethical conflicts and crisis.
- Understand the social and ethical issues in the professional practice of computing and technology and their impact on the society..
- Look up relevant ethical standards as developed by the ACM.
- State several examples of important ethical principles as they apply to computer science related situations.
- Identify the ethical issues that relate to computer science in real situations they may encounter and decide whether a given action is ethical as regards computer science professional ethics, and justify that decision.
- Research and write a professional-quality paper about a topic relating to social, legal, and ethical implications of computer science.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Understand how ITC could raise social issues and ethical dilemmas
- Understand the historical background of some social, legal, philosophical, political, constitutional and economical issues related to ITC
- Describe current social and legal developments related to computers and computer crime
- Recognize the existence of computer abuse cases , laws pertaining to them
- Appreciate the value of technology and identify the ethical and moral situations that must be faced and dealt with.
- Deepen their understanding of technology and its effects on society.
B. Cognitive skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Evaluate the legal and professional impact of ITC in real life contexts
- Analyse the effect of ethical issues on IT industry and society
C. Practical and professional skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Effectively identify and analyze professional and legal issues;
- Promote an ethics of computing in practice;
- Resolve dilemmas related to ethical, professional and legal ITC issues
D. Key transferable skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Communicate effectively in writing about ethical, legal and professional issues in the ITC context
- Become an independent learner.
|
TM270 Artificial intelligence
(8) Credit Hours
Artificial intelligence and Machine learning skills are becoming more and more essential in the modern job market. Machine Learning Engineer was ranked as one of the top most demanded employees based on the incredible growth of job openings and the average base salary.
In this module the student will learn what Artificial Intelligence (AI) is, explore use cases and applications of AI, understand AI basic concepts and terms like symbolic AI, optimization and neural networks.
| Course Code |
TM270 |
| Course Title |
Artificial intelligence |
| Pre-requisite |
TM112 & MT141 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Artificial intelligence and Machine learning skills are becoming more and more essential in the modern job market. Machine Learning Engineer was ranked as one of the top most demanded employees based on the incredible growth of job openings and the average base salary.
In this module the student will learn what Artificial Intelligence (AI) is, explore use cases and applications of AI, understand AI basic concepts and terms like symbolic AI, optimization and neural networks.
|
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide an introduction to the basic principles, techniques, and applications of Artificial Intelligence. Coverage includes symbolic AI, game playing, planning, optimization and neural networks basics.
Students will refine their programming skills developed during (TM110) using AI libraries as well as experiencing programming in AI language tools. Potential areas of further exploration include robotics, natural language processing, and computer vision.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding Upon completion of this module the student will:
- Define the aims and motivations for AI.
- Discover AI concepts and terms like machine learning, neural networks and deep learning.
- Recognize issues and concerns surrounding AI such as ethics and bias, & jobs.
- Recite key concepts and methods in evolutionary computation.
B. Cognitive skills Upon completion of this module the student will be able to: - Distinguish the different Cognitive Computing phases (Perception, Learning, Reasoning)
- Associate the different AI primitives to different AI applications.
- Select and use appropriate mathematical representations for a range of problem solving systems.
- Compare, contrast and evaluate competing approaches to computational problem solving and the simulation of intelligence.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to:
- Construct different pre-processing primitives for different AI applications
- Apply different methods for classification and regression using traditional AI methods
- Experiment with different tools for decision support and planning
- Choose among the different models hyper parameters according to the application and analysis of results.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to:
- Measure the different performance indicators for individual AI systems.
- Rank the different AI methods
- Adapt individual Method according to the problem in hand.
- Assemble different methods for creating appropriate AI pipeline.
|
TM271 Machine Learning and Deep learning
(8) Credit Hours
TM271 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Artificial Intelligence qualification. Machine Learning and Deep Learning techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module. This module aims to provide students with an in-depth introduction to two main- areas of Machine Learning: supervised and unsupervised. That covers the basics of ML and the deep learning approaches.
| Course Code |
TM271 |
| Course Title |
Machine Learning and Deep learning |
| Pre-requisite |
TM270 & MT141 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
TM271 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Artificial Intelligence qualification. Machine Learning and Deep Learning techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module. This module aims to provide students with an in-depth introduction to two main- areas of Machine Learning: supervised and unsupervised. That covers the basics of ML and the deep learning approaches. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to learn the concepts behind several machine learning algorithms without going deeply into the mathematics and gain practical experience applying them. It will cover main models and algorithms for regression, classification, clustering and probabilistic classification. Topics such as linear and logistic regression, regularization, probabilistic (Bayesian) inference, SVMs and neural networks, clustering, and dimensionality reduction. The module will assume general familiarity with linear algebra, probability theory, statistics, and programming in Python.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Identify the basic mechanisms of machine/deep learning techniques, including their appropriate usage, limitations, and alternatives.
- Recognize the key elements and tools used to develop machine/deep learning-based systems, together with their strengths and weaknesses.
- Identify the social, professional, legal, and ethical issues associated with machine learning systems.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Explain the pros, cons, and limitations of machine/deep learning techniques.
- Justify why machine/deep learning tools and techniques are either suitable or not for a particular problem or domain.
- Choose appropriate techniques and tools for designing, implementing, and testing machine/deep learning-based systems, and be aware of their limitations.
- Critically evaluate machine/deep learning tools and techniques to solve real-world problems.
C.Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Analyse and evaluate problems and plan strategies for their solution using the suitable machine/deep learning techniques if applicable.
- Implement a wide range of machine/deep learning techniques within the context of a given task and dataset, using the appropriate tools
- Assess the performance of the adopted machine/deep learning techniques including limits of applicability.
- Select and appropriately pre-process a dataset for machine learning and evaluate how biases inherent in the data will affect the reliability and fairness of the trained machine/deep learning-based system.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Relate the strengths, weaknesses, and limitations of machine/deep learning to wider social issues, including social justice, privacy and security, and access to resources and services.
- Communicate information, arguments, ideas, and issues clearly and in appropriate ways, considering the audience and purpose of the communication.
- Select and use accurately analytical techniques to solve problems.
- Develop skills to become an independent lifelong learner, as the field moves on.
|
TM275 Parallel and Distributed Systems
(4) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the fundamentals and techniques of parallel and distributed computing. Topics to be covered include: parallel and distributed computing, concurrency, distributed computing paradigms, inter-process communications, operating system support, client server model, and models of parallel machines.
This course has either a direct or indirect links with other courses, including: Introduction to computing and information technology (TM112), Computer Architecture and Organization (TM103), and Python Programming (M110). In addition, students will be capable to choose the proper environments of their final year projects based on the knowledge and skills they gain from this course. Understanding issues like processors capabilities and intercommunication between cores and processors are essential for building high performance systems.
| Course Code |
TM275 |
| Course Title |
Parallel and Distributed Systems |
| Pre-requisite |
TM103 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
This course introduces students to the fundamentals and techniques of parallel and distributed computing. Topics to be covered include: parallel and distributed computing, concurrency, distributed computing paradigms, inter-process communications, operating system support, client server model, and models of parallel machines.
This course has either a direct or indirect links with other courses, including: Introduction to computing and information technology (TM112), Computer Architecture and Organization (TM103), and Python Programming (M110). In addition, students will be capable to choose the proper environments of their final year projects based on the knowledge and skills they gain from this course. Understanding issues like processors capabilities and intercommunication between cores and processors are essential for building high performance systems.
|
| Course Objectives |
The aim of thismodule is to:
• Provides students with an opportunity to sample some key areas in parallel and distributed computing.
• Develop critical skills for deployment in the field of computing and IT industry.
• Recognize the professional and ethical issues associated with the deployment of different parallel and distributed methodologies in digital systems.
• Use the application of fundamental Computer Science methods and algorithms in the development of parallel applications.
• Facilitate the management of students’ self-learning development in term of time management and self-organization skills.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module, learners will be able to: - Develop and apply knowledge of parallel and distributed computing techniques and methodologies
- Understand the fundamental aspects of parallel and distributed processing, taxonomies of parallel systems, and performance measures for parallel systems.
- Understand the theoretical limitations of parallel computing.
B. Cognitive skills After studying the module, learners will be able to: - Explain the design, testing, and performance analysis of a software system, and to be able to communicate that design to others.
- Formulate and evaluate a hypothesis by proposing, implementing and testing a project.
- Analyze and critically discuss research papers both in writing and in class
C. Practical and professional skills After studying the module, learners will be able to: - Apply design, development, and performance analysis of parallel and distributed applications.
- Be able to design and analyze parallel algorithms for a variety of problems and computational models.
- Implement parallel applications on modern parallel computing systems, and be able to measure, tune, and report on their performance.
D. Key transferable skills After studying the module, learners will be able to: - Develop your skills in communicating information accurately and appropriately
- Develop your skills in finding, selection and evaluation of different paradigms and techniques.
- Develop your skills in reviewing and monitoring your own learning.
|
TM276 Software Development Processes and Methodologies
(4) Credit Hours
Software is quickly becoming integral part of human life as we see more and more automation and technical advancements. Just like we expect car to work all the time and can't afford to break or reboot unexpectedly, software industry needs to continue to learn better way to build software if it were to become integral part of human life.
In this course, you will get an overview of how software teams work? What processes they use? What are some of the industry standard methodologies? What are pros and cons of each? You will learn enough to have meaningful conversation around software development processes.
The module covers the importance of developing software in an iterative process by means of established methods.
| Course Code |
TM276 |
| Course Title |
Software Development Processes and Methodologies |
| Pre-requisite |
TM112 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
Software is quickly becoming integral part of human life as we see more and more automation and technical advancements. Just like we expect car to work all the time and can't afford to break or reboot unexpectedly, software industry needs to continue to learn better way to build software if it were to become integral part of human life.
In this course, you will get an overview of how software teams work? What processes they use? What are some of the industry standard methodologies? What are pros and cons of each? You will learn enough to have meaningful conversation around software development processes.
The module covers the importance of developing software in an iterative process by means of established methods. |
| Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to:
• Apply core software engineering practices at conceptual level for a given problem.
• Compare and contrast traditional, agile, and lean development methodologies at high level. These include Waterfall, Rational Unified Process, V model, Incremental, Spiral models and overview of agile mind-set.
• Propose a methodology best suited for a given situation.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding Upon completing this module, learners will be able to: - Account for different principles, methods, models and technologies for development of software systems and its included parts
- Describe the elements of a basic software development process and illustrate the variety of different life cycles.
- Acquire the knowledge of processes that are used to implement the software, verify and validate the software, deploy the software and maintain the software
- Identify a range of situations in which computer systems are used, the ways in which people interact with them, and the ethical, social and legal problems that computer software can create.
B. Cognitive skills Upon completing this module, learners will be able to: - Reflect critically on the development process and its components to evaluate the results.
- Explain the part played by a system/software development method, and compare the approach/structure and appropriate application of a range of standard methods.
- Analyse problems, and design and apply core software engineering principles and practices at conceptual level for a given problem.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Practice and evaluate a variety of software engineering approaches to developing and evolving software.
- Propose a methodology best suited for a real world problem and justify the design decisions.
- Understand, though experience, the practical challenges associated with the development of a significant software system.
D. Key skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Show an understanding of the professional and legal duties software engineers owe to their employers, employees, customers and the wider public.
- Be able to draw on a wide variety of materials, and not just the block materials in order to progress your learning
- Organize their own learning and success to the point that they are ready to continue learning after they graduate.
|
TM280 Smart IoT Systems
(3) Credit Hours
Internet of Things (IoT) is presently a trending technology worldwide. Government, academia, and industry are involved in different aspects of research, implementation, and business with IoT. IoT is taking part of different application domains, including: agriculture, space, healthcare, manufacturing, construction, water, and mining. IoT-based applications such as innovative shopping system, infrastructure management in both urban and rural areas, remote health monitoring and emergency notification systems, and transportation systems, are gradually relying on IoT based systems. Therefore, it is very important to learn the fundamentals of this emerging technology.
Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TM270 (Artificial Intelligence); TM271 (Machine Learning and Deep learning); TM112 (Introduction to computing and information technology) TM471 (The computing and IT project).
| Course Code |
TM280 |
| Course Title |
Smart IoT Systems |
| Pre-requisite |
|
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
Internet of Things (IoT) is presently a trending technology worldwide. Government, academia, and industry are involved in different aspects of research, implementation, and business with IoT. IoT is taking part of different application domains, including: agriculture, space, healthcare, manufacturing, construction, water, and mining. IoT-based applications such as innovative shopping system, infrastructure management in both urban and rural areas, remote health monitoring and emergency notification systems, and transportation systems, are gradually relying on IoT based systems. Therefore, it is very important to learn the fundamentals of this emerging technology.
Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TM270 (Artificial Intelligence); TM271 (Machine Learning and Deep learning); TM112 (Introduction to computing and information technology) TM471 (The computing and IT project).
|
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to achieve the following aims:
• Describe what IoT is and how it works today.
• Recognise the factors that contributed to the emergence of IoT.
• Familiarize students with practical use of hardware, software, communication and computing systems to create components of measurement networks for the IoT.
• Students design and implement a complete IoT measurement network connected to the computing cloud.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Define the infrastructure for supporting IoT deployments
- Understand theory and practice of IoT that includes identifying associated threats and policies.
- Describe the governing principles of IoT operations and management.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Recognise the factors that contributed to the emergence of IoT.
- Design and program IoT devices.
- Use real IoT protocols for communication
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Design an IoT device to work with a Cloud Computing infrastructure.
- Transfer IoT data to the cloud and in between cloud providers.
- Undertake ongoing learning to keep up-to-date IoT developments.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Analyse problems effectively within computing environments using appropriate personal and technical skills.
- Formulate arguments and make informed decisions in choosing appropriate techniques in solving a range of technological problems.
|
TM287 Web Applications Development
(3) Credit Hours
This module provides key skills in using JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, and MySQL through demonstrating the vast possibilities they offer in developing robust code that complies with all modern web browsers. The module clarifies the roles of each of the client vs the server in web development and the importance of being able to have asynchronous calls and information exchange with focus on developing Web 2.0 applications.
| Course Code |
TM287 |
| Course Title |
Web Applications Development |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
This module provides key skills in using JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, and MySQL through demonstrating the vast possibilities they offer in developing robust code that complies with all modern web browsers. The module clarifies the roles of each of the client vs the server in web development and the importance of being able to have asynchronous calls and information exchange with focus on developing Web 2.0 applications. |
| Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
- Provide students with a full understanding the main components of web applications.
- Introduce key technologies used for building dynamic web 2.0 applications (JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, and MySQL).
- Emphasize the importance of using client-side technology (AJAX) to create asynchronous web applications.
- Prepare the students for further academic study.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Provide a solid understanding of how JavaScript is written and the possibilities it offers.
- Develop the understanding to use JavaScript to improve the user experience.
- Appreciate the importance of data validation before processing it.
- Demonstrate how to use AJAX to post data to servers and process the feedback of the server.
- Construct interactive web applications that integrate client-side and server-side programming using AJAX and PHP.
- Learn the basics of MySQL and how to create tables to store, update and retrieve data that can be presented to the user using web technologies.
- Use PHP on the server side to communicate with MySQL and generate dynamic content for the web.
- Assess basic issues related to web design and how to improve the style of the generated web content.
- Be able to combine all the technologies presented (JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, MySQL) into a single project that integrates all the components into one fully functional interactive web application.
B. Cognitive skills
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Evaluate websites based on the technologies they employ.
- Analyse the performance of web applications.
- Describe the importance of data validation specifically at the user-interface level of a computer system.
- Describe the roles of each of the client and the server as used for web applications.
- Design and build an appropriate system as a solution to data-centric problems.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Develop robust and compact code that runs reliably in all modern Web browsers.
- Develop the major components required for building modern web applications.
- Demonstrate proficiency in applying the acquired programming skills to develop complex systems.
- Develop simple user interfaces that collect data from the user to be validated and processed by computer systems.
D. Key transferable skills
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Find, select and use information from a range of resources to support a specific task.
- Develop and improve previously learnt programing skills to solve more complex tasks.
- Plan and produce a modern system to satisfy the user needs whilst making sure to provide good stability and performance.
- Plan and manage effort and progress whilst undertaking a substantial project.
|
TM290 Cryptography and Internet Security
(3) Credit Hours
Nowadays, people shop online, work online, play online. As our lives become increasingly dependent on digital services, the need arises to protect our personal information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused.
| Course Code |
TM290 |
| Course Title |
Cryptography and Internet Security |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
Nowadays, people shop online, work online, play online. As our lives become increasingly dependent on digital services, the need arises to protect our personal information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused. |
| Course Objectives |
The aims and objectives of this module are to:
- Define the threats to network security, and describe the differences between them.
- Describe encryption techniques, including symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods.
- Explain the most widely used encryption algorithms and standards, with focus on internet security.
- Allow students to perform independent research in the area and to critically read and analyse third party material.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Describe the operation of symmetric ciphers
- Define and explain the differences between different encryption algorithms and standards
- Describe the operation of asymmetric ciphers
- Analyse and compare the performance of different encryption methods
- Design and implement simple encryption algorithms
- Define the most common threats to internet security, explain their operation, and discuss their differences
- Describe the protocols and countermeasures used for protecting internet traffic
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Recognise the threats to online security
- Read, evaluate, and critically review technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on topics related to cryptography and internet security
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Use the studied concepts to analyse and assess the efficiency of different encryption standards
- Identify the threats to internet security and take appropriate countermeasures
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Demonstrate independent self-learning capabilities in order to tackle more advanced topics and remain up-to-date in the field of cryptography and internet security
- Employ your technical writing skills on topics related to cryptography and internet security
|
TM291 Management Information System
(3) Credit Hours
This module introduces the use and relevance of information systems to managers and enterprises. Rather than providing an in depth technological treatment of information systems, this module prepares students as future managers to assess the impact of information systems on a particular enterprise. This module also introduces students to a range of skills required to manage information systems projects. It explores current Information Systems concepts and technologies. Students learn how information systems give a business or organization a competitive edge by providing technologies that help managers to plan, control and make decisions.
| Course Code |
TM291 |
| Course Title |
Management Information System |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
This module introduces the use and relevance of information systems to managers and enterprises. Rather than providing an in depth technological treatment of information systems, this module prepares students as future managers to assess the impact of information systems on a particular enterprise. This module also introduces students to a range of skills required to manage information systems projects. It explores current Information Systems concepts and technologies. Students learn how information systems give a business or organization a competitive edge by providing technologies that help managers to plan, control and make decisions. |
| Course Objectives |
Aspects of business that were once seen in isolation – the people, organisation, process, information and technology – are now expected to operate as part of a seamless whole, both within and across enterprises. Information systems managers are responsible for delivering this seamless integration efficiency. This module aims to:
1. Explain basic concepts for IT/IS management 2. Discuss organizational, business and strategic issues surrounding IT/IS, and 3. Analyse and evaluate uses of strategic IT/IS in practice.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Define information, strategy and customer-facing (user-centred) design theories.
- Compare the impact of different types of information technologies and systems in the enterprise and competitive environment.
- Select information systems as a basis for sustainable competitive advantage.
- Identify the issues that must be addressed in managing information systems projects and processes across various boundaries (organisational, cultural, legal and geographical).
- Describe the life cycle methodologies and methods involved in developing and managing information systems in a global competitive environment.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Demonstrate a conceptual grasp of information, strategy and user-centred (customer-facing) design theories.
- Distinguish between different types of information systems and recognise enterprise-wide, innovative methods of reducing costs and improving service through management information systems.
- Compare and contrast the implications on the efficiency and effectiveness of different IT competitive strategies and their sustainability in the long term.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Reflect, analyse and interpret information on contemporary information systems management issues.
- Debate controversial issues relating to information systems deployment in organisations
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Develop skills to effectively participate in a group.
- Synthesise data and use application of concepts from other modules.
- Improve case analysis skills.
|
TM295 System Modelling
(3) Credit Hours
System modelling is used as an essential part of the software development process; it also referred to as software modelling in this context. Models are built and analysed prior to the implementation of the system, and are used to direct the subsequent implementation. Modelling can be defined as considering the system from different views (or perspectives) in order to provide a better understanding of it. These views include (among others) requirements models, static models, and dynamic models of the software system. These different views can be further developed, understood, and communicated through the use of graphical modelling languages such as the Unified Modelling Language (UML).
The module focuses on how to use adequate models to express software at all levels of development; from the initial specification to implementation, with a special attention paid to UML.
| Course Code |
TM295 |
| Course Title |
System Modelling |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
System modelling is used as an essential part of the software development process; it also referred to as software modelling in this context. Models are built and analysed prior to the implementation of the system, and are used to direct the subsequent implementation. Modelling can be defined as considering the system from different views (or perspectives) in order to provide a better understanding of it. These views include (among others) requirements models, static models, and dynamic models of the software system. These different views can be further developed, understood, and communicated through the use of graphical modelling languages such as the Unified Modelling Language (UML).
The module focuses on how to use adequate models to express software at all levels of development; from the initial specification to implementation, with a special attention paid to UML.
|
| Course Objectives |
This
module aims to introduce students to the software development process in
general with emphasis on the software modelling and analysis phase. The unified
modelling language is used throughout the module to illustrate the different
models.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Describe the software engineering lifecycle and in particular the role of analysis and design phase in the lifecycle
- Discuss the different software lifecycle models including (e.g., waterfall, agile)
- Define the requirements elicitation and structuring
- Explain how to use the UML models to develop and document software analysis and design artefacts.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Specify, analyse and organise requirements for a software product
- Model, analyse and validate software requirements using UML and set-theoretic notations
- Apply
appropriate UML design patterns and notations to the design of components of a
product
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply an appropriate software engineering process and tools to the task of structuring, modelling and validating requirements for a software product
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning and working practices
- work in a group, communicating computing ideas effectively in speech and in writing
- Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary, in a number of assignments, including at least one significant piece of work
D. Key transferable skills Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Design software systems
- Use modern software tools, both within and outside your workplace
- Communicate effectively about software modelling and design
- Be able to learn independently from third-party materials, in order to keep up to date in software engineering in general and software modelling in particular
|
TM297 Compression Methods for Multimedia
(3) Credit Hours
Data compression aims at finding new ways of representing data so that it takes very little storage, while still being able to reconstruct the original data from the compressed version. Compression is applied namely when storage space is at a premium or when data needs to be transmitted and bandwidth is at a premium (which always is the case). The most important thing about compression is that it is not ``one size fits all'' approach: essentially, compression aims at specifying the characteristics of the data that needs to be compressed (mainly looking for patterns to be explored in order to achieve compact data representation). This module defines a variety of data modeling and representation techniques, which is at the heart of compression. Recently, the convergence in the field of communications, computing and entertainment industries enabled data compression to be a part of everyday life (e.g. MP3, DVD and Digital TV) and has created a number of exciting new opportunities for new applications of compression technologies.
| Course Code |
TM297 |
| Course Title |
Compression Methods for Multimedia |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
Data compression aims at finding new ways of representing data so that it takes very little storage, while still being able to reconstruct the original data from the compressed version. Compression is applied namely when storage space is at a premium or when data needs to be transmitted and bandwidth is at a premium (which always is the case). The most important thing about compression is that it is not ``one size fits all'' approach: essentially, compression aims at specifying the characteristics of the data that needs to be compressed (mainly looking for patterns to be explored in order to achieve compact data representation). This module defines a variety of data modeling and representation techniques, which is at the heart of compression. Recently, the convergence in the field of communications, computing and entertainment industries enabled data compression to be a part of everyday life (e.g. MP3, DVD and Digital TV) and has created a number of exciting new opportunities for new applications of compression technologies. |
| Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are to illustrate methods for handling and compressing different kinds of data, such as text, images, audio and video data and show data compression techniques for multimedia and other applications, especially the once used in the Internet.
After finishing successfully this Module you should be able to: - Compute basic statistics of data.
- Apply nontrivial algorithms to real-world problems.
- Outline the principles of data compression.
- Discover different compression methods for text, image, audio, and video data.
- Extend different compression methods and their applications in different aspects of computing.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Develop a well-founded knowledge in the field of study.
- Relate other disciplines to the field of study.
- Develop an international perspective on the field of study.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Analyse and explore information and ideas and to convey those ideas clearly and fluently, in both written and spoken forms.
- Experiment effectively with others in order to work towards a common outcome.
- Select and make use of appropriate level, style and means of communication.
- Experiment appropriately with information and communication technologies.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply different compression methods for text, image, audio, and video data
- Examine nontrivial algorithms to real-world problems
- Extend different compression methods and their applications in different aspects of computing.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyse and conclude independently.
- Develop ideas and adapt innovatively to changing environments.
- Identify problems constructs solutions, innovate and improve current practices
|
TM298 Operating Systems
(4) Credit Hours
The study of Operating Systems is essential since these are an integral part of modern IT systems. This is an introductory level module which introduces students to fundamental concepts of a variety of operating systems.
| Course Code |
TM298 |
| Course Title |
Operating Systems |
| Pre-requisite |
TM105 & TM103 |
| Credit Hours |
4 |
| Course Description |
The study of Operating Systems is essential since these are an integral part of modern IT systems. This is an introductory level module which introduces students to fundamental concepts of a variety of operating systems. |
| Course Objectives |
- Provide students extensive knowledge on OS in general, OS principles and modules and how their internals work and functions.
- Provide key mechanisms in design of operating systems modules.
- Introduce students to definitions of the Operating Systems such as OS control all of a computer's resources and present users with the equivalent of virtual machines that are easier to program than their underlying hardware.
- Teach core operating systems concepts including operating system structure, process management, synchronization and concurrency, threads, memory management techniques, process scheduling and resource management, virtual memory concepts, deadlocks.
- Give an overview of fundamental operating system principles, complemented with discussions of concrete modern systems to help students understand how these principles are applied in real OSs.
- Enable students to compare performance of processor scheduling algorithms.
- Teach students to produce algorithmic solutions to process synchronization problems.
- Provide students with a good grasp of basic abstractions employed in system-level software (such as processes, threads, virtual memory, caching, etc.),
- Teach students to use modern operating system calls such as Linux process and synchronization libraries.
- Develop a sense in understand designing and implementing systems and working as part of a team.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Identify and learn what operating systems are, what they do.
- Describe How the Operating System are designed and constructed.
- Show what the common features of an operating system are.
- Explain what an operating system does for the user, and what it does for the computer-system operator.
B. Cognitive skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyze the operating system design, constructor, building, internal works, usage variety, operations, and functions.
- Demonstrate the basis for future work in other areas of OS: hacking Linux, i.e. contribute to the Open source OS, security and so on
C. Practical and professional skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Implement the design simple of Operating System structures.
- Demonstrate basic skills to enable you to progress to more advanced level studies at the AOU or any other university.
D. Key transferable skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as timetabling study; read critically for meaning and take effective notes; and use study aids such as dictionaries and glossaries;
- Identify and distinguish between number of concepts that inform the Operating system structure components.
- Communicate appropriately with your tutor and other students using email, online conferences and forums;
- Locate information on a given subject from the World Wide Web.
|
TM311 Information security
(8) Credit Hours
TM311 Information Security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. TM311 is designed with a link to other modules, including: TM129(Technologies in Practice), TM256(Computer Security and Digital Forensics), T318(Applied Network Security). TM311 contributes to student employability by addressing key skills in information literacy, communication, planning and problem solving in the context of Information Security.
A cyber security analyst is responsible for the implementation, maintenance and support of the security controls that protect an organisation’s systems and data assets from threats and hazards.
| Course Code |
TM311 |
| Course Title |
Information security |
| Pre-requisite |
T216A |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
TM311 Information Security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. TM311 is designed with a link to other modules, including: TM129(Technologies in Practice), TM256(Computer Security and Digital Forensics), T318(Applied Network Security). TM311 contributes to student employability by addressing key skills in information literacy, communication, planning and problem solving in the context of Information Security.
A cyber security analyst is responsible for the implementation, maintenance and support of the security controls that protect an organisation’s systems and data assets from threats and hazards.
|
| Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to enable the student to:
• Ensure that security technologies and practices are operating in accordance with the organisation’s policies and standards to provide continued protection.
• Understand network infrastructure, software and data to identify where threat and hazard can occur.
• Perform periodic vulnerability assessments to evaluate the organisation’s ongoing security posture and will provide visibility to management of the main risks and control status on an ongoing basis.
• Respond to security incidents and implement resolution activities across the organisation.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module, learners will be able to:
A1. Understand the types of security (confidentiality, authentication; non-repudiation; service integrity) and security big picture (network security; host OS security; physical security).
A2. Understand the main types of common attack techniques, including phishing, social engineering, malware, network interception, blended techniques, denial of service and theft.
A3. Recognise and assess risk including performing a risk assessment.
A4. Apply the principles of information security in various contexts.
A5. Assess the strengths and weaknesses of different types of information security mechanisms in various contexts.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
B1. Define and justify a user access policy for an information system given knowledge of the system architecture, security requirements and threat/risk environment.
B2. Discuss competently a variety of topics related to information security.
B3. Critically evaluate information about the development of info sec management systems from a variety of sources.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
C1. Perform security risk assessments for a range of information systems and propose solutions.
C2. Analyse and evaluate security threats and vulnerabilities to planned and installed information systems or services.
C3. Develop a security case against recognised security threats, and recommend mitigation, security controls and appropriate processes.
C4. Conduct a range of cyber security audit activities to demonstrate security control effectiveness.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
D1. Communicate and analyse problems effectively within computing environments using appropriate personal and technical skills.
D2. Formulate arguments and make informed decisions in choosing appropriate techniques in solving a range of technological problems.
|
TM338 Data Mining
(3) Credit Hours
TM338 is a data mining course. It imparts essential knowledge about the field of data mining which is also known as knowledge discovery (KDD). It focuses on fundamental data mining concepts and techniques for discovering interesting patterns from data in various applications. Theories and algorithms for data mining and knowledge discovery will be studied. It will also emphasize techniques for developing effective, efficient, and scalable data mining tools.
| Course Code |
TM338 |
| Course Title |
Data Mining |
| Pre-requisite |
|
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
TM338 is a data mining course. It imparts essential knowledge about the field of data mining which is also known as knowledge discovery (KDD). It focuses on fundamental data mining concepts and techniques for discovering interesting patterns from data in various applications. Theories and algorithms for data mining and knowledge discovery will be studied. It will also emphasize techniques for developing effective, efficient, and scalable data mining tools.
|
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to:
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to perform the data preparation tasks and understand the implications.
• Provide the students with the required skills to demonstrate an understanding of the alternative knowledge representations such as rules, decision trees, and decision tables.
• Provide the students with the required skills to manipulate data pre-processing, association, classification, and clustering techniques.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Have knowledge and understanding of data mining concepts and problems, data preparation, and data mining techniques.
- Describe knowledge representation such as rules.
- Understand and identify classification rules and association rules.
B.Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Demonstrate ability to extract rules from given datasets.
- Implement and use rules for prediction and instance based representation.
- Apply data mining algorithms for clustering given datasets.
C.Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Plan and organize their solutions for a practical problem(s) appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes.
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may
- arise during the development of the practical problem(s).
- Analyze a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills using Rapidminer software.
D.Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source.
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly.
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge
- Present the solution of their practical problem(s) in a professional manner and orally using appropriate scientific language.
|
TM339 Big Data Analytics
(3) Credit Hours
TM339 is a Big Data Analytics. The key objective of this course is to familiarize the students with most important information technologies used in manipulating, storing, and analyzing big data. The module will introduce the characteristics and challenges of the Big Data, Hadoop, big data extraction and integration, big data storage, scalable indexing for big data, big graph processing, big data algorithms, big data privacy, big data visualizations, and big data applications.
| Course Code |
TM339 |
| Course Title |
Big Data Analytics |
| Pre-requisite |
|
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
TM339 is a Big Data Analytics. The key objective of this course is to familiarize the students with most important information technologies used in manipulating, storing, and analyzing big data. The module will introduce the characteristics and challenges of the Big Data, Hadoop, big data extraction and integration, big data storage, scalable indexing for big data, big graph processing, big data algorithms, big data privacy, big data visualizations, and big data applications.
|
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to:
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to understand big data collection, integration and storage.
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to use the core techniques of processing big data.
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to understand different real applications and their techniques that involve big data.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A.Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Get familiar with big data characteristics and challenges
- Understand and demonstrate the role of statistics in the analysis of large datasets.
- Understand and demonstrate advanced knowledge of statistical data analytics as applied to large data sets
B.Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Demonstrate ability to analyze existing big data datasets.
- Implement suitable statistical measures and analyses techniques for data of various structure and content.
- Apply big data algorithms to generate and present new information and insights from large datasets.
C.Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Plan and organize solutions for a practical problem(s) appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the development of the practical problem(s).
- Analyze a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills using Hadoop/R or other software.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge.
- Present solution of their practical problem(s) in a professional manner and orally using appropriate scientific language.
|
TM340 Natural Language Processing
(8) Credit Hours
Natural Language Processing (NLP) is a cognitive science sub-discipline drawing on linguistics, computer science, and psycholinguistics. Recent strides in this area have already begun to influence how human beings interact with computers. NLP is a field located at the intersection of data science and Artificial Intelligence (AI) that is all about teaching machines how to understand human languages and extract meaning from text. This is also why machine learning is often part of NLP projects.
| Course Code |
TM340 |
| Course Title |
Natural Language Processing |
| Pre-requisite |
TM271 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Natural Language Processing (NLP) is a cognitive science sub-discipline drawing on linguistics, computer science, and psycholinguistics. Recent strides in this area have already begun to influence how human beings interact with computers. NLP is a field located at the intersection of data science and Artificial Intelligence (AI) that is all about teaching machines how to understand human languages and extract meaning from text. This is also why machine learning is often part of NLP projects. |
| Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are to:
• gain an in-depth understanding of the computational properties of natural languages and the commonly used algorithms for processing linguistic information.
• study computing systems that can process, understand, or communicate in human language.
• Focus on understanding various NLP tasks, algorithms for effectively problems, and methods for evaluating their performance.
• NLP topics including regular expressions, text processing, language parsing, text classification, language modelling and sequence tagging, vector space models of semantics.
• Understand distributed word representations, Relation extraction with distant supervision, natural language inference, supervised sentiment analysis semantic parsing.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Recognize algorithmic and linguistic basis for NLP techniques
- Identify algorithms commonly used for NLP problems such as information extraction, machine translation, text summarization and question answering.
- Outline key concepts, tools and approaches for handling textual data
- Recognize the potential and limitations of NLP techniques within application areas.
- Describe and discuss the different subareas of NLP
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Evaluate key computing and IT concepts in a range of contexts
- Apply appropriate techniques and tools for abstracting, modelling, problem solving, designing and testing computing and IT systems
- Compare, contrast, critically analyse and refine specifications and implementations of software systems and/or simple hardware systems
- Carry out a project in computing and IT that applies and extends student's knowledge and understanding, and critically reflect on the processes involved and the outcomes of student's work.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Learn text processing fundamentals, including stemming and lemmatization.
- Develop NLP applications that can be gradually scaled and transformed to a more complex and automated AI models
- Assess the performance of the deployed NLP techniques
- Recognise the impact of an NLP-based AI solution.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Apply the mathematical and algorithmic skills acquired in this course to other areas of study and work.
- Evaluate NLP systems, using appropriate simulation and modelling tools where appropriate.
- Use a range of resources to help you develop as an independent learner.
- Use information literacy skills, NLP libraries, computers, and software packages appropriate to the workplace.
- Communicate information, arguments, and ideas clearly and in appropriate ways with different audiences.
|
TM341 Computer Vision
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides an introduction to computer vision, including basic methods from image processing techniques and deep learning with neural networks to solve high level vision tasks. It helps to the student to develop the practical skills necessary to build computer vision applications.
| Course Code |
TM341 |
| Course Title |
Computer Vision |
| Pre-requisite |
TM271 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module provides an introduction to computer vision, including basic methods from image processing techniques and deep learning with neural networks to solve high level vision tasks. It helps to the student to develop the practical skills necessary to build computer vision applications. |
| Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to provide students with understanding of the theories and techniques used in computer vision. Topics include fundamentals of computer vision based on image processing techniques as well as machine-learning based computer vision used by new-school vision.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Understand the mathematical and theoretical foundations of image processing and computer vision.
- Understand the main algorithms for image processing and computer vision.
- Be familiar with the major technical approaches involved in computer vision and its application.
- Understand the strengths, weaknesses and limitations of image processing and computer vision algorithms.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Explain the strengths, weaknesses and limitations of image processing and computer vision algorithms.
- Describe the methods used in different computer vision applications.
- Analyse a problem and critically evaluate the different computer vision methods for solving it.
- Design and conduct an experiment to validate and assess the performance of a computer vision algorithm.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Apply the computer vision methods to design a vision-based algorithm.
- Use of the programming languages to implement a computer vision task.
- Read, present and discuss a research work in computer vision.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Communicate information clearly and in appropriate ways, considering the audience and purpose of the communication.
- Select and use appropriate approach to solve problems.
- Develop skills to become an independent lifelong learner as the field rapidly grows.
|
TM351 Data management and analysis
(8) Credit Hours
Data management and analysis (TM351) – an overview of the concepts, techniques, and tools of modern data management and analysis. The requirements of data management continually evolve. Recently those requirements have surpassed the capabilities of traditional data management. So, in order to better prepare our graduates for the new demands of the job market, it is necessary to address both the traditional concepts of data management as well as the increasingly important area of data analytics.
| Course Code |
TM351 |
| Course Title |
Data management and analysis |
| Pre-requisite |
M269 or M251 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Data management and analysis (TM351) – an overview of the concepts, techniques, and tools of modern data management and analysis. The requirements of data management continually evolve. Recently those requirements have surpassed the capabilities of traditional data management. So, in order to better prepare our graduates for the new demands of the job market, it is necessary to address both the traditional concepts of data management as well as the increasingly important area of data analytics. |
| Course Objectives |
This module aims to address some of the key concepts required for the traditionally important area of data management, and the increasingly important area of data analytics. The module will compare traditional relational databases with an alternate model (a NoSQL database), and will enable students to choose between the alternatives to select an appropriate means of storing and managing data, depending on the size and structure of a particular dataset and the use to which that data will be put. Students will be introduced to preliminary techniques in data analysis, starting from the position that data is used to answer a question, and introduced to a range of data visualisation and visual analysis techniques that will instil an understanding of how to start exploring a new data set. To ensure that students are comfortable with handling datasets, they will explore a range of openly licensed real-world datasets (either downloaded from their host websites, or provided as snapshots) to illustrate the key concepts in the course. Sources such as data.gov.uk, the World Bank, and a range of other national and international agencies will be used to provide appropriate data. The module will aim to divide approximately equally between issues in data management (technical and socio-legal issues in storing and maintaining datasets), and issues in data analytics (using data to answer questions). Students are not expected to have a background in statistics, but should be comfortable working with mathematical concepts and will need to be competent programmers. The module will be framed around a narrative that looks at how to manage and extract value and insight from a range of increasingly large data collections. At each stage, a comparison will be drawn between different ways of representing the data (for example, using different sorts of charts or geographical mapping techniques), and limitations of the mechanisms presented. To enable students to get a feel for the use of data, each stage will also include an overview of some data analysis techniques, including summary reporting and exploratory data visualisation. The module will be driven by Richard Hamming's famous quote: The purpose of computing is insight, not numbers. Some of the key ideas are: - Introducing data analysis. Starting with a text based data file such as comma separated variable (CSV) document, this unit will provide a brief introduction to some basic operations on simple data files. This will give an opportunity to provide an outline of the key ideas in the module, to ensure that the students have installed the module software correctly, and to begin to familiarise themselves with that software.
- Concepts in data management. The module will look at three key areas in data management: data architectures and data access (CRUD), data integrity, and transaction management (ACID). Each of these will be illustrated using a relational database, and one non-relational alternative, and the advantages and limitations of each model discussed.
- Legal and ethical issues. The module will consider the legal and ethical issues involved in managing data collections. Students will be required to obtain and read (parts of) the Data Protection Act and the Freedom of Information Act, and demonstrate how these apply to issues in data management. They will also consider privacy, ownership, intellectual property and licensing issues in data collection, management, retrieval and reuse.
Concepts in data analytics. These sections will focus on using data to answer a real question; the focus will be on exploratory techniques (such as visualisation) and formulating a question into a form which can realistically be answered using the data that is available. Issues in processing techniques for large and real-time streamed data collections will also be addressed along with techniques and technologies (such as mapreduce) for handling them. This part will use a statistical package such as the python scientific libraries and/or ggplot to visualise the data and carry out appropriate analyses. It is not anticipated that students will need to understand statistical methods in depth.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Discuss and describe the similarities and differences between at least two different database models, and how they are used to manage data collections.
- Identify and explain the legal issues surrounding data collection, usage and retention.
- Explain the stages and process of database design
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Select an appropriate database model for a data collection.
- Use data to answer a practical question.
- Analyse a simple scenario to produce a conceptual model.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Use a query language to extract information from a database.
- Use a statistical package to explore a data set
- Present an analysis of a dataset to a variety of audiences.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Write a report detailing a systematic approach to analysing a data set.
- Gain Active listening to the stakeholders regarding their data analysis needs
Communicate the results of data analysis to stakeholders at appropriate level
|
TM352 Web, mobile and cloud technologies
(8) Credit Hours
Cloud computing and mobile technologies offer new possibilities for the production and distribution of IT applications and services. Rapid, elastic and scalable provisioning of IT resources allows organisations to be more innovative, agile and cost effective. In our personal lives, cloud and mobile technologies allow us to store, access and share information online. Storing and processing information with no clear physical location or legal authority raises important concerns around governance and security. In this module students will learn about the technical and social aspects of cloud computing and mobile technologies, and they will gain hands-on experience of these technologies.
| Course Code |
TM352 |
| Course Title |
Web, mobile and cloud technologies |
| Pre-requisite |
TT284 or M251 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Cloud computing and mobile technologies offer new possibilities for the production and distribution of IT applications and services. Rapid, elastic and scalable provisioning of IT resources allows organisations to be more innovative, agile and cost effective. In our personal lives, cloud and mobile technologies allow us to store, access and share information online. Storing and processing information with no clear physical location or legal authority raises important concerns around governance and security. In this module students will learn about the technical and social aspects of cloud computing and mobile technologies, and they will gain hands-on experience of these technologies. |
| Course Objectives |
- Provide knowledge to students about foundations of the internet and the mechanisms of web services and applications provisioning.
- Teach students about the cloud model and the associated resources of a cloud infrastructure.
- Impart knowledge to students about the business case for cloud and the different ways to distributing the cloud infrastructure.
- Create awareness in students concerning the various challenges involved in mobile application development and the combined use of mobile technology and cloud technology.
- Enable students to develop and deploy web services to an application server and perform exploration of toolkits for developing mobile applications.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Knowledge and understanding of: - The different approaches to providing network applications and services including the architectures and protocols involved.
- The security and legal issues related to the adoption and use of cloud services, data and applications.
- The risks and benefits of adopting cloud and mobile technology for a range of business models.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyse and critique an organisation's approach to IT infrastructure and delivery of applications and services.
- Design an effective approach to IT infrastructure for an organisation utilising cloud technology appropriately.
- Create prototypes of cloud services and mobile applications.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Implement IT solutions to address legal, ethical and security issues related to cloud based resources and access to data, applications and services.
- Deploy, demonstrate and utilise a cloud infrastructure
- Create a mobile application and adapt this to utilise cloud based resources.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Research and analyse an organisation's IT infrastructure and identify opportunities for cloud technology adoption.
- Plan and produce a structured technical report detailing an approach for an organisation which is adopting cloud and mobile technologies.
- Produce a presentation to convey the means, risks and benefits for an organisation to adopt cloud and mobile technologies
|
TM354 Software Engineering
(8) Credit Hours
Software engineering (TM354) – the intellectual tools needed to design, build, and test software systems. This module aims to provide you with an understanding of software engineering concepts and a view of practical software development. It follows a disciplined approach to the development of software systems to meet specified requirements. You will become familiar with a wide range of techniques to support the dialogue between software engineers and an organisation’s stakeholders, and the work of the developers. You will also develop a good understanding of the different approaches to, and practices of, software development, including those followed by agile methods.
| Course Code |
TM354 |
| Course Title |
Software Engineering |
| Pre-requisite |
M251 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Software engineering (TM354) – the intellectual tools needed to design, build, and test software systems. This module aims to provide you with an understanding of software engineering concepts and a view of practical software development. It follows a disciplined approach to the development of software systems to meet specified requirements. You will become familiar with a wide range of techniques to support the dialogue between software engineers and an organisation’s stakeholders, and the work of the developers. You will also develop a good understanding of the different approaches to, and practices of, software development, including those followed by agile methods. |
| Course Objectives |
- To understand the business domain for a problem requiring a software solution or a change to an existing solution
- To acquire the tools and knowledge to analyse and design such a solution or change
- To understand how any chosen software architecture will impact on the satisfaction of all users requirements and expectations
- To apply and reuse design expertise from a set of design patterns
- To develop the skills for testing outputs of all activities throughout the development process.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Understand concepts of software development and maintenance, specialising in such topics as Web and Internet design and programming, advanced database techniques or human computer interaction
- Acquire the methods and tools used to develop a range of software systems
- Identify a range of situations in which computer systems are used, the ways in which people interact with them, and the ethical, social and legal problems that computer software can create.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Explain advanced software development concepts and apply them to practical problems, including in an extended piece of work
- Analyse problems, and design and evaluate realistic solutions to them
- Compare and contrast a variety of computing methods and tools, identifying the best choices to apply to specific problems
- Explain the various roles, functions and interactions of members of a software development team.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning and working practices
- Work in a group, communicating computing ideas effectively in speech and in writing
- Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary, in a number of assignments, including at least one significant piece of work
- Use numerical and analytical techniques confidently to solve complex problems.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Design, program, test and evaluate software systems
- Use modern software tools, both within and outside your workplace
- Identify and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during software development and use.
|
TM355 Communications Technology
(8) Credit Hours
Communications technology (TM355) – looks at the underlying technologies of modern electronic communications, such as mobile data and telephony, broadband, Wi-Fi, and optical fiber. Electronic communication is ubiquitous in homes, offices and urban environments. This module gives students an insight into these and other questions, by looking at the fundamental principles of communications technologies. Through these principles students will gain an insight into the possibilities and constraints of modern communications technology. This module complements other modules relating to networking (e.g., T215A/B, T216A/B and T316).
| Course Code |
TM355 |
| Course Title |
Communications Technology |
| Pre-requisite |
T215B |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Communications technology (TM355) – looks at the underlying technologies of modern electronic communications, such as mobile data and telephony, broadband, Wi-Fi, and optical fiber. Electronic communication is ubiquitous in homes, offices and urban environments. This module gives students an insight into these and other questions, by looking at the fundamental principles of communications technologies. Through these principles students will gain an insight into the possibilities and constraints of modern communications technology. This module complements other modules relating to networking (e.g., T215A/B, T216A/B and T316). |
| Course Objectives |
TM355 is framed fairly precisely by its areas of interest: layers 1 and 2 of the OSI seven-layer model, that is the Physical Layer (layer 1) and the Data Link Layer (layer 2); and the three access technologies of optical fibre, DSL broadband and wireless. Within this framing, TM355 is concerned to reveal and explore commonalities that cut across these technologies, such as Shannon's law, multiple access (which increasingly means orthogonal frequency division multiple access, or OFDMA), modulation techniques (in the digital world, almost synonymous with quadrature amplitude modulation, or QAM), error detection and correction, and coding. A thorough understanding of the principles of these common technologies will equip students to understand a range of communication technologies, and to understand their potential and limitations
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and
understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Have a sound grasp of the essential vocabulary of communications technology, be able to deploy it appropriately, and be able to explain them
- Understand the main principles and constraints of digital communications technology at the physical and data link layers, and employ them to analyse and assess communication scenarios.
- Understand the essential limits and trade-offs that are inherent in practical communication systems
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Use relevant data related to a communication system to model its behaviour and assess performance and resource requirements.
- Explain how and why particular communications configurations and systems are used, discuss their potential and limitations.
C. Practical and
professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Write a short report or essay discussing applications of communications technology.
- Be able to use third-party material critically.
- Be able to incorporate copyrighted material appropriately
D Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Assess and synthesise information from a range of sources in order to offer an informed judgement on applications of communication technology.
- Develop your own learning skills in topics related to communications technology.
- Be able to learn independently from third-party materials, in order to keep up to date in communications technology.
|
TM356 Interaction design and user experience
(8) Credit Hours
Interaction design and the user experience (TM356) – in this module the students will learn the importance of user-centred design, and acquire practical skills for designing the interactive products for everyday life.
From apps, phones and business systems to wearables, the web and the Internet of Things, interactive products are the stuff of everyday life. But how can interactions be designed to best meet their purposes, offer good user experiences, and be easy, satisfying and enjoyable to use? How can interactions be evaluated effectively when their users, purposes and contexts of use vary so widely? In this module we take a user-centred approach through which the student will learn about the factors, techniques, tools and theories that affect interaction design and acquire practical skills that will equip the student to analyse, design, and evaluate the interactive products of everyday life. Why are some interactive products so popular? How do you create products that everybody wants? One of the fundamental things the student will learn in this module is the importance of user-centred design. In this context, this module complements the rest of Web Development modules.
| Course Code |
TM356 |
| Course Title |
Interaction design and user experience |
| Pre-requisite |
TT284 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Interaction design and the user experience (TM356) – in this module the students will learn the importance of user-centred design, and acquire practical skills for designing the interactive products for everyday life.
From apps, phones and business systems to wearables, the web and the Internet of Things, interactive products are the stuff of everyday life. But how can interactions be designed to best meet their purposes, offer good user experiences, and be easy, satisfying and enjoyable to use? How can interactions be evaluated effectively when their users, purposes and contexts of use vary so widely? In this module we take a user-centred approach through which the student will learn about the factors, techniques, tools and theories that affect interaction design and acquire practical skills that will equip the student to analyse, design, and evaluate the interactive products of everyday life. Why are some interactive products so popular? How do you create products that everybody wants? One of the fundamental things the student will learn in this module is the importance of user-centred design. In this context, this module complements the rest of Web Development modules.
|
| Course Objectives |
The student will learn the value of moving away from his/her desk and 'stepping out into the world' to involve potential users in his/her early design ideas for interactive products. It is all too easy to assume that other people think, feel and behave in the same way as the designer or developer, do. It is essential to take into account the diversity among users and their different perspectives and getting their feedback will help to avoid any errors and misunderstandings that may not have thought of. Involving users in the process is vital to creating great products and makes good business sense. Through hands-on activities the student will work through the design process on a topic chosen by himself/herself (with tutor's guidance). The student will develop skills that will be important to him/her in a variety of employment settings – whether working as a developer as part of a large software development team, as a partner in a small start-up, or in some other role involved in the managing of, or decision making around interactive products that will be used by people
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module students will have knowledge and understanding of: - What interaction design is about and the importance of user centred design and methods that take into account activities and tasks, context of use and user experiences;
- The sensory, cognitive and physical capabilities of users and how these inform the design of interactive products;
- The process of interaction design including requirements elicitation, prototyping, evaluation and the need for iteration.
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module students will be able to: - Analyse and critique the design of interactive products;
- Select, adapt and apply suitable interaction design approaches and techniques towards the design of an interactive product;
- Construct prototypes for diverse purposes using appropriate materials or tools;
- Analyse and critique how interaction design activities have been conducted.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module students will be able to: - Define a suitable programme of user involvement that treats users ethically and fairly.
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module students will be able to: - Construct and convey an argument from a variety of sources to persuade a non-specialist audience of the importance of user-centred design when designing interactive products;
- Communicate effectively about requirements, design, and evaluation activities relating to interactive products;
- To progress your own learning independently using materials and publications from a wide variety of sources.
|
TM358 Machine learning and artificial intelligence
(8) Credit Hours
TM358 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Data Science programme as well as the Computer Science track of the ITC qualifications. Machine Learning and AI techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module.
| Course Code |
TM358 |
| Course Title |
Machine learning and artificial intelligence |
| Pre-requisite |
M269 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
TM358 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Data Science programme as well as the Computer Science track of the ITC qualifications. Machine Learning and AI techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module. |
| Course Objectives |
The module will give students and broad understanding of the fields of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML), and a deeper understanding of deep neural learning in particular. Students will be able to select and justify choices of deep learning architecture and describe when such approaches are suitable and effective.
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the context of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and deep learning, including understanding the basic mechanisms and appropriate uses of a range of alternatives to deep learning. A2: Describe the range of situations in which machine learning systems are used and the possibilities and limitations of these systems.
A3: Understand the key elements and mechanisms of deep neural learning systems, together with their strengths and weaknesses. A4: Understand the social, professional, legal, and ethical issues associated with machine learning systems.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Explain the strengths, weaknesses, and limitations of machine learning, and deep learning in particular, including understanding when machine learning techniques are not appropriate. B2: Apply and critically evaluate deep learning tools and techniques to solve real-world problems. B3: Select and apply appropriate techniques and tools for designing, implementing, and testing deep learning systems, and be aware of their limitations. B4: Justify why deep learning tools and
techniques are either suitable or not for a particular problem or domain
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse and evaluate problems and plan strategies for their solution. C2: Select an appropriate set of machine learning techniques for a given task and dataset, marshal one or more tools into a coherent machine learning system, apply the machine learning system correctly, and evaluate its performance (including limits of applicability). C3: Select and appropriately pre-process a dataset for machine learning and evaluate how biases inherent in the data will affect the reliability and fairness of the trained machine learning system. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Relate the strengths, weaknesses, and limitations of machine learning to wider social issues, including social justice, privacy and security, and access to resources and services. D2: Communicate information, arguments, ideas, and issues clearly and in appropriate ways, considering the audience and purpose of the communication. D3: Select and use accurately analytical techniques to solve problems.
D4: Develop skills to become an independent lifelong learner, as the field moves on.
|
TM359 System penetration testing
(8) Credit Hours
TM359 (system penetration testing) is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TT284 (Web Technologies); T216A (Cisco Networking (CCNA); TM256 (Computer Security and Digital Forensics); TM311 (Information security); T318 (Applied Network Security); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on penetration testing for system and ethical hacking to provide systems of the highest possible level of security. The aim of this module is to introduce and extend certain concepts of each high-level domain such as Systems security, security testing, and ethical hacking, that is not covered in the other modules of the qualification.
| Course Code |
TM359 |
| Course Title |
System penetration testing |
| Pre-requisite |
TM256 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
TM359 (system penetration testing) is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TT284 (Web Technologies); T216A (Cisco Networking (CCNA); TM256 (Computer Security and Digital Forensics); TM311 (Information security); T318 (Applied Network Security); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on penetration testing for system and ethical hacking to provide systems of the highest possible level of security. The aim of this module is to introduce and extend certain concepts of each high-level domain such as Systems security, security testing, and ethical hacking, that is not covered in the other modules of the qualification.
|
| Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to enable the student to:
• Assess the steps involved in the planning, scoping and reconnaissance phase of a network penetration test.
• Appraise the tools and techniques used for computer network mapping and vulnerability assessment.
• Evaluate exploitation techniques, frameworks and tools.
• Compare post exploitation techniques and tools.
• Compare password hash generation, storage and use for authentication across a network
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module, learners will be able to:
A1. Understand technical excellence along with industry-leading methodologies to conduct high-value penetration tests.
A2. discuss how the tools interrelate with each other in an overall testing process.
A3. Gain critical awareness of the professional, ethical, social and legal issues associated with penetration testing of digital systems.
A4. Understand the workflow of professional penetration testers and ethical hackers
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
B1. Critically evaluate different penetration testing methods and techniques.
B2. Select and apply appropriate techniques and tools for network scanning and scanning countermeasures.
B3. Compare, contrast and critically analyse different threats and attacks in the context of cybersecurity.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
C1. Planning, monitor and improving your own learning.
C2. Select appropriate analytical techniques to solve problems.
C3. Recognize and understand a range of cybersecurity threats and select suitable penetration test to apply.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
D1. Analyse and evaluation different penetration tests and use appropriate modelling tools.
D2. Plan and organise your work using systematic records of work in progress and outcomes.
D3. Identify and address the professional, ethical, social and legal issues in the context of penetration testing and ethical hacking.
|
TM366 Artificial intelligence
(8) Credit Hours
Basic concepts in artificial intelligence are being used in huge research projects all over the world for the last three decades. This includes research and development at the industrial and academic levels. The module introduces the students to the basics natural intelligence where AI has been inspired and presents the AI concepts and techniques that are being used in advanced AI projects.
| Course Code |
TM366 |
| Course Title |
Artificial intelligence |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
Basic concepts in artificial intelligence are being used in huge research projects all over the world for the last three decades. This includes research and development at the industrial and academic levels. The module introduces the students to the basics natural intelligence where AI has been inspired and presents the AI concepts and techniques that are being used in advanced AI projects. |
| Course Objectives |
To provide the students
with an understanding of the fundamental concepts involved in natural and
artificial intelligence (ASO, PSO, neural networks, evolutionary computing,
robotics and genetic computing).
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completion of this module the student will gain knowledge and understanding of: - The aims of, and motivations for, artificial intelligence;
- The principal techniques used in traditional approaches to artificial intelligence, i.e. knowledge representation and search;
- The four key principles of nouvelle AI: interaction, emergence, adaptation and selection;
- The biological basis of modern techniques in AI;
- Key concepts and methods in artificial neural networks;
- Key concepts and methods in evolutionary computation.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to: - Analyse a problem in terms of its amenability to solution by various computational methods;
- Formulate computational solutions to diverse problems;
- Select and use appropriate mathematical representations for a range of problem solving systems;
- Compare, contrast and evaluate competing approaches to computational problem solving and the simulation of intelligence;
- Synthesise the main concepts of the module into a clear and critical view of the strengths, weaknesses and future direction of AI.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to: - Analyse, design and evaluate computer simulations;
- Construct computer systems using an appropriate tool;
- Carry out experiments, with careful recording, analysis and evaluation of results;
- Use basic research techniques
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to: - Apply appropriate computational problem-solving techniques to a range of problems;
- Communicate computational ideas relating to AI in clear and concise written English;
- Use appropriate graphical, logical and mathematical representations to characterize various types of AI system;
- Exercise general numeracy and problem-solving skills.
|
TM471 The Telematics project CS
(8) Credit Hours
The objective of this module is to provide the students with the opportunity to apply the theoretical and the practical concepts they have learnt during the lower level courses to a real and tangible project. During their last year, students are required in this module to submit a project proposal consistent with the computer science track. They need to use the skills they have acquired in order to accomplish their presumptive proposal. Beside the deliverable and the assessments, each student has to submit a report that sums up the plan-do-review cycle of his/her work and has to present the findings in front of a faculty committee.
| Course Code |
TM471 |
| Course Title |
The Telematics project CS |
| Pre-requisite |
At least 80 credit hours |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
The objective of this module is to provide the students with the opportunity to apply the theoretical and the practical concepts they have learnt during the lower level courses to a real and tangible project. During their last year, students are required in this module to submit a project proposal consistent with the computer science track. They need to use the skills they have acquired in order to accomplish their presumptive proposal. Beside the deliverable and the assessments, each student has to submit a report that sums up the plan-do-review cycle of his/her work and has to present the findings in front of a faculty committee. |
| Course Objectives |
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
- Undertake practical projects to solve problems in the area of ITC.
- Perform literature search on a selected topic of interest.
- Apply what they have learnt to plan a project and develop a deliverable.
- Produce project plans for successful undertaking of practical projects.
- Write a detailed project report and communicate their ideas clearly.
- Present their ideas and work formatively before an audience while progressing in their project.
- Present their findings, outcome and deliverable before an audience
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate understanding of the fundamental technical concepts and principles relevant to their project
- Apply a systematic approach towards the practical implementation of their project
- Plan a project while preparing a detailed schedule of the project tasks and milestones for 8 months.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Identify and refine the goals and content of their project
- Identify, list and justify the resources, skills and activities needed to carry out the project successfully
- Conduct a proper literature search. Gather, analyse and evaluate relevant information to complete the project successfully
- Critically review how they have tackled the project
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
- Plan and organize their project work appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the development and use of Computing and IT systems
- Analyse a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills developed throughout their earlier OU studies and experience.
- Provide a tangible solution by accomplishing their deliverable according to their project requirements.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge
- Present their work in a professional manner while addressing the audience in the domain.
|
TT284 Web technologies
(8) Credit Hours
This module is meant to introduce students to the foundations of web applications, including protocols, standards and content handling.
| Course Code |
TT284 |
| Course Title |
Web technologies |
| Pre-requisite |
TM112 |
| Credit Hours |
8 |
| Course Description |
This module is meant to introduce students to the foundations of web applications, including protocols, standards and content handling. |
| Course Objectives |
- give students an insight into architectures, protocols, standards, languages, tools and techniques;
- give students an understanding of approaches to more dynamic and mobile content;
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Describe how the development of the Web has enabled the creation of new forms of information systems and impacted commerce and public services.
- Explain different architectural approaches to application design and contrast traditional approaches with the underlying client–server model of Web applications.
- Describe the roles of the range of protocols and standards associated with Web applications and their communications, for the development of web applications.
- Explain the operation and properties of service, distributed and mobile approaches to web architecture.
- Demonstrate knowledge of a range of different programming languages and explain their differing roles and properties for web applications.
- Discuss issues of web design including, accessibility, usability, localisation and globalisation and the nature of static and dynamic content and different content delivery approaches
- Explain a range of security issues including secure protocols, use of certificates, authentication, authorisation, and firewalls
B. Cognitive skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyse requirements to produce a design for a simple web application, applying an understanding of requirements for aspects such as usability and accessibility.
- Describe a suitable architecture, components and standards as the basis for implementation of a web application for a public or business organisation.
- Construct, using appropriate code, a simple web application selecting and reusing code etc where appropriate. , transforms content and integrates services to produce a mobile application
C. Practical and professional skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Outline the importance of standards and standardisation bodies.
- Maintain an up-to-date view of ongoing developments in web technology including standards and techniques.
- Produce and manage design and development plans for a specific technical solution to a challenge in Web application development.
D. Key transferable skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Find, select and use information from a range of sources to support analysis, design and implementation tasks.
- Plan and produce a well-structured and researched quality report as part of a project.
- Plan and manage effort and progress whilst undertaking a substantial project.
|
TU170 Computing Essentials
(3) Credit Hours
This is an introductory course which introduces students to the essential concepts related to computing essentials. This is a fundamental course for all students enrolled in AOU.
| Course Code |
TU170 |
| Course Title |
Computing Essentials |
| Pre-requisite |
- |
| Credit Hours |
3 |
| Course Description |
This is an introductory course which introduces students to the essential concepts related to computing essentials. This is a fundamental course for all students enrolled in AOU. |
| Course Objectives |
- To develop basic skills of “Learning"
- To know e-Learning: meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources
- To familiarize with the basic concepts of Information Technology: Internet, Web, and Systems
- To familiarize with basic computer system applications: software and hardware
- To learn some practical skills for using computers
- To introduce the concepts of: Security and Ethics
|
| Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the course, the student will be able to:
- Understand terminologies related to IT and computer
- Understand the different learning styles
- Describe the difference between Conventional and blended-learning education systems
- Understand how to read and take notes in the process of learning
- Describe the social media types and facilities
- Have a background about the Web and Internet inventions
- Understand and explain what is information system and technology
- Know the types of applications
- Describe the e-commerce
- Explain different part in computer system (Hardware such as system unite, input and output, memory and processor)
- Explain different terms in communication such as network, connectivity, wireless, server, client)
- Understand clearly what is the difference between privacy and security)
- Describe what are computer ethics and computer crime
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course, the student will be able to:
- Learn by himself
- Deal with computer problems
- Describe the difference between different learning styles
- Describe the web and search engines
C. Practical and professional skills
To be able to
- Operate the computer system properly
- Interact with applications and programs such as (MS office) confidently
- Communicate with others electronically (Email, instant messaging, blogs, micro-blogs and wikis)
- Read analytically and critically for the purpose of learning
- Avoid plagiarisms
- Initiate a transaction electronically (e-commerce) in a secure way
- Use the social media in the process of learning and communication with others.
- Connect and surf the internet
- Search using the search engines.
- Send and receive email, and share files in a secure way.
- Avoid computer crime
- Use computer ethically
D Key transferable skills
To be able to - Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques.
- Working in groups using the LMS system and course forum online.
- Contribute to discussions on a conference using instant messaging.
- Improve own learning and performance
|